JP5814416B2 - Game machine - Google Patents

Game machine Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP5814416B2
JP5814416B2 JP2014080243A JP2014080243A JP5814416B2 JP 5814416 B2 JP5814416 B2 JP 5814416B2 JP 2014080243 A JP2014080243 A JP 2014080243A JP 2014080243 A JP2014080243 A JP 2014080243A JP 5814416 B2 JP5814416 B2 JP 5814416B2
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
ball
game
pachinko
light
rolling
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
JP2014080243A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP2014184161A (en
Inventor
龍平 齊藤
龍平 齊藤
幸也 陰地
幸也 陰地
Original Assignee
株式会社ニューギン
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社ニューギン filed Critical 株式会社ニューギン
Priority to JP2014080243A priority Critical patent/JP5814416B2/en
Publication of JP2014184161A publication Critical patent/JP2014184161A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP5814416B2 publication Critical patent/JP5814416B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Description

この発明は、特定条件が成立した際に所謂「右打ち」により遊技が行なわれるよう構成された遊技機に関するものである。   The present invention relates to a gaming machine configured to play a game by so-called “right-handed” when a specific condition is satisfied.
代表的な遊技機であるパチンコ機は、遊技盤の盤面に画成した遊技領域の略中央位置に枠状の枠状装飾部材(所謂センター役物)が配設されており、この枠状装飾部材の開口部を介して複数の図柄を変動表示する液晶式やドラム式等の図柄表示装置を後方から臨ませると共に、該遊技盤における枠状装飾部材の下方位置に、パチンコ球(遊技球)の入賞により図柄表示装置での変動を開始させる始動入賞装置や大当り時等に開放する特別入賞装置を配設するよう構成されたものが多数提案されている。このようなパチンコ機では、前記枠状装飾部材の左側に画成されている遊技領域にパチンコ球を打ち込んで流下させる「左打ち」の遊技が行なわれ、該パチンコ球が遊技領域内に植設された遊技釘等との接触により跳ね返りながら次第に自重により流下し、該遊技領域を流下する過程で前記始動入賞装置に入賞することにより、前記図柄表示装置で図柄変動に伴うリーチ演出等の各種の遊技演出がなされる。そして、図柄変動の結果、図柄表示装置に特定の図柄の組合わせ(大当り図柄)が表示されることで、遊技者に有利な特別遊技(大当り遊技)を発生させるよう構成されている。前記特別遊技が発生すると、図柄表示装置における演出に合わせて、遊技盤に配設した特別入賞装置を開放した後に一旦閉鎖する動作パターン(ラウンド遊技)を所定回数繰返し、遊技者が多数の賞球を獲得し得る好機を与えるようになっている。   A pachinko machine, which is a typical gaming machine, has a frame-shaped frame-shaped decorative member (a so-called center accessory) disposed at a substantially central position of the game area defined on the surface of the game board. A symbol display device such as a liquid crystal type or a drum type that displays a plurality of symbols through the opening of the member is exposed from the rear, and a pachinko ball (game ball) is positioned below the frame-shaped decorative member in the game board. Many proposals have been proposed in which a start winning device that starts fluctuations in the symbol display device by winning a prize and a special winning device that opens at a big hit or the like are arranged. In such a pachinko machine, a “left-handed” game is performed in which a pachinko ball is driven into the game area defined on the left side of the frame-shaped decorative member to flow down, and the pachinko ball is implanted in the game area. As a result, it gradually flows down due to its own weight while bouncing off due to contact with the game nails, etc. Game production is made. Then, as a result of the symbol variation, a special symbol combination (big hit game) advantageous to the player is generated by displaying a specific symbol combination (big hit symbol) on the symbol display device. When the special game is generated, an operation pattern (round game) that is once closed after opening the special prize-winning device arranged on the game board is repeated a predetermined number of times in accordance with the effect on the symbol display device, and the player has many prize balls. It is designed to give you a chance to win.
またパチンコ機には、大当りのように特定の条件が発生した場合に、打球力を高めて枠状装飾部材の右側に画成されている遊技領域にパチンコ球を打ち出す、所謂「右打ち」により遊技を行なうよう構成し、受動的になりがちな遊技者に能動的な遊技を行なわせることで遊技の興趣を向上するようにしたものがある。例えば、特許文献1に記載されたパチンコ機は、大当り時に開放する特別入賞装置(大入賞口)を右側に偏倚して設けることで、大当り時に右打ちが行なわれるよう構成されている。   Also, the pachinko machine has a so-called “right-handed” operation in which when a specific condition occurs, such as a big hit, the hitting force is increased and the pachinko ball is launched in the game area defined on the right side of the frame-shaped decorative member. There is one that is configured to play a game, and the game interest is improved by allowing a player who tends to be passive to play an active game. For example, the pachinko machine described in Patent Document 1 is configured so that a right-hand strike is performed at the time of a big hit by providing a special prize-winning device (a big prize opening) that is opened to the right at a big hit.
特開2007−252629号公報JP 2007-252629 A
近年の図柄表示装置の大型化に伴い、前記枠状装飾部材の左右方向の寸法も大きくなり、枠状装飾部材の右側に確保し得る遊技領域の幅寸法は小さく、該右側の遊技領域に遊技釘等のようにパチンコ球の流下方向を変更等する部材を配置するのが困難となっている。ここで、前記ラウンド遊技等に際して前記右打ちを行なう場合は、パチンコ球を打ち出す打球力が強く、遊技釘等の障害物が少ない枠状装飾部材より右側の遊技領域ではパチンコ球が速く流下し、ラウンド遊技等の遊技を速く進行させることができる。しかしながら、枠状装飾部材より右側の遊技領域を流下するパチンコ球の勢いが強過ぎると、該右側の遊技領域に配設される通過ゲートや入賞装置等の遊技部品にパチンコ球が衝突した際の衝撃は大きく、該遊技部品が損傷するおそれがあった。   With the recent increase in the size of the symbol display device, the horizontal dimension of the frame-shaped decorative member also increases, and the width of the game area that can be secured on the right side of the frame-shaped decorative member is small. It is difficult to arrange a member that changes the flow direction of the pachinko ball, such as a nail. Here, when performing the right hit in the round game or the like, the hitting force for hitting the pachinko ball is strong, and the pachinko ball quickly flows down in the game area on the right side from the frame-shaped decorative member with few obstacles such as game nails, A game such as a round game can be advanced rapidly. However, if the momentum of the pachinko ball that flows down the game area on the right side of the frame-shaped decorative member is too strong, the pachinko ball hits a game part such as a passing gate or a winning device arranged in the game area on the right side. The impact was so great that the gaming parts could be damaged.
すなわち本発明は、従来の技術に係る遊技機に内在する前記問題に鑑み、これらを好適に解決するべく提案されたものであって、遊技球の衝突による遊技部品の損傷を抑制し得る遊技機を提供することを目的とする。   That is, the present invention has been proposed in order to suitably solve these problems inherent in the gaming machine according to the prior art, and is capable of suppressing damage to gaming parts due to a collision of gaming balls. The purpose is to provide.
前記課題を克服し、所期の目的を達成するため、本願の請求項1に係る発明は、
遊技盤(12)に配設され、開口部(27a)の内側に図柄表示装置(14)の表示部を臨ませた枠状装飾部材(27)と、該枠状装飾部材(27)の左側の遊技盤(12)前側に設けられて遊技球(P)が流下する第1球流下経路(20a)と、該枠状装飾部材(27)の右側の遊技盤(12)前側に設けられて遊技球(P)が流下する第2球流下経路(20c)とを有するよう構成された遊技機において、
前記第2球流下経路(20c)は、遊技球(P)1個分の幅寸法より大きく、かつ遊技球(P)2個分の幅寸法より小さな幅寸法に設定され、
前記枠状装飾部材(27)において前記遊技盤(12)の前面より前方へ突出するよう設けられた庇部(44)が前記第1球流下経路(20a)および第2球流下経路(20c)を流下する遊技球(P)を案内するよう構成され、第2球流下経路(20c)に突出するよう設けられた減勢部(67)の突出端までの突出寸法が遊技球(P)の半分の幅寸法より小さく設定されて、当該第2球流下経路(20c)を流下する遊技球(P)が当該減勢部(67)に接触可能に構成され、
前記遊技盤(12)には、前記第1球流下経路(20a)を流下する遊技球(P)に比べて前記第2球流下経路(20c)を流下する遊技球(P)の方が入口を通る割合が高くなる遊技部品(28,31,34)が配設され
前記第2球流下経路(20c)を通過した遊技球が流下する流路は、前記庇部(44)において前記開口部(27a)側に凹むよう設けられた凹状部分(66b)によって前記第2球流下経路(20c)よりも大きな幅寸法に形成され、
前記第2球流下経路(20c)の下流端部に第2の減勢部(75)が設けられ、該第2の減勢部(75)と接触した遊技球(P)が前記流路において前記凹状部分(66b)により形成される側へ導かれ得るよう構成されたことを要旨とする。
請求項1に係る発明によれば、右打ち時において第2球流下経路を流下する遊技球は、減勢部に接触して勢いが弱められる。従って、第2球流下経路の下流側に配設される遊技部品に遊技球が衝突した際の衝撃を弱めることができ、該遊技部品の損傷を抑制し得る。また、減勢部に接触した遊技球の勢いが弱まり過ぎて第2球流下経路で遊技球の流れが滞るのを防ぐことができる。
請求項2に係る発明は、
前記第2球流下経路(20c)には、前記第2の減勢部(75)に接触して前記流路に導かれる遊技球(P)が通過する通路(73)の前側を被覆する覆い部(76)が設けられたことを要旨とする。
In order to overcome the above-mentioned problems and achieve the intended purpose, the invention according to claim 1 of the present application provides:
A frame-shaped decorative member (27) disposed on the game board (12) and facing the display portion of the symbol display device (14) inside the opening (27a), and a left side of the frame-shaped decorative member (27) The first ball flow path (20a) provided on the front side of the game board (12) through which the game ball (P) flows down, and provided on the front side of the game board (12) on the right side of the frame-shaped decorative member (27) In a gaming machine configured to have a second ball flow path (20c) through which a game ball (P) flows down,
The second ball flow path (20c) is set to a width dimension larger than the width dimension of one game ball (P) and smaller than the width dimension of two game balls (P),
In the frame-shaped decorative member (27), a flange portion (44) provided so as to protrude forward from the front surface of the game board (12) includes the first ball flow path (20a) and the second ball flow path (20c). The projecting dimension to the projecting end of the depressing part (67) provided so as to guide the gaming ball (P) flowing down the second ball flowing down path (20c) is the gaming ball (P) The game ball (P), which is set smaller than the half width dimension and flows down the second ball flow path (20c), is configured to be able to contact the depressing part (67),
The game ball (P) that flows down the second ball flow path (20c) is more entranceed to the game board (12) than the game ball (P) that flows down the first ball flow path (20a). Game parts (28, 31, 34) that increase the rate of passing through are arranged ,
The flow path through which the game balls that have passed through the second ball flow path (20c) flow down is formed by the concave portion (66b) provided so as to be recessed toward the opening (27a) in the collar portion (44). Formed in a larger width dimension than the ball flow path (20c),
A second depressing portion (75) is provided at the downstream end of the second ball flow down path (20c), and a game ball (P) in contact with the second depressing portion (75) is placed in the flow path. The gist is that it can be guided to the side formed by the concave portion (66b) .
According to the first aspect of the present invention, the game ball that flows down the second ball flow down path at the time of right-handed contact with the depressing portion is weakened. Therefore, it is possible to weaken the impact when the game ball collides with the game component disposed on the downstream side of the second ball flow path, and to suppress damage to the game component. In addition, it is possible to prevent the game ball that has come into contact with the force-reducing portion from becoming too weak and causing the flow of the game ball to stagnate in the second ball flow path.
The invention according to claim 2
The second ball flow path (20c) is a cover that covers the front side of the passage (73) through which the game ball (P) guided by the flow path comes into contact with the second depressing portion (75). The gist is that the part (76) is provided.
本発明に係る遊技機によれば、遊技球の衝突による遊技部品の損傷を抑制することが可能となる。   According to the gaming machine according to the present invention, it is possible to suppress damage to gaming parts due to collision of gaming balls.
本発明の実施例に係るパチンコ機を示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows the pachinko machine which concerns on the Example of this invention. 実施例に係る遊技盤を示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows the game board which concerns on an Example. 実施例に係る遊技盤を、全ての遊技部品を取外した状態で示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows the game board which concerns on an Example in the state which removed all the game components. 実施例に係る設置部材を示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows the installation member which concerns on an Example. 実施例に係る設置部材から第1〜第3発光装置を分離して前側から視た状態で示す斜視図である。It is the perspective view shown in the state which isolate | separated the 1st-3rd light-emitting device from the installation member which concerns on an Example, and was seen from the front side. 実施例る枠状装飾部材を前側から視た斜視図である。It is the perspective view which looked at the frame-shaped decorative member which is an Example from the front side. 実施例る枠状装飾部材の右側面図である。It is a right view of the frame-shaped decorative member which is an Example. 実施例に係るステージの要部を一部破断して示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which fractures | ruptures and shows the principal part of the stage which concerns on an Example. 実施例に係る遊技盤を、ステージの上段球転動部が見える状態で示す要部横断平面図である。It is a principal part cross-sectional top view which shows the game board which concerns on an Example in the state which can see the upper stage ball rolling part of a stage. 実施例に係る遊技盤を、ステージの下段球転動部が見える状態で示す要部横断平面図である。It is a principal part cross-sectional top view which shows the game board which concerns on an Example in the state which can see the lower stage ball rolling part of a stage. 実施例に係る遊技盤における第2経路部分を示す要部正面図である。It is a principal part front view which shows the 2nd path | route part in the game board which concerns on an Example. 実施例に係る遊技盤の要部縦断側面図であって、減勢経路部の下流端部を示している。It is a principal part vertical side view of the game board which concerns on an Example, Comprising: The downstream end part of the deactivation path | route part is shown. 実施例に係る遊技盤の要部横断平面図であって、減勢経路部の下流端部を示している。It is a principal part crossing top view of the game board which concerns on an Example, Comprising: The downstream end part of the deactivation path | route part is shown. 実施例に係る庇部品を示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows the heel part which concerns on an Example. 実施例に係る庇部品と通路形成部材とを分解状態で示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows the collar part and channel | path formation member which concern on an Example in an exploded state. 実施例に係る球通過ゲートを前側から視た分解斜視図である。It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the ball | bowl passage gate which concerns on an Example from the front side. 実施例に係る球通過ゲートを後側から視た分解斜視図であって、装飾部材における一点鎖線で囲んだ部分の拡大図を併せて示している。It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the ball | bowl passage gate which concerns on an Example from the rear side, Comprising: The enlarged view of the part enclosed with the dashed-dotted line in the decoration member is also shown collectively. 実施例に係る遊技盤を球通過ゲートの配設部位で横断した要部平面図であって、球通過ゲートの本体部に検出スイッチを取付けた状態を示している。It is the principal part top view which crossed the game board which concerns on an Example at the arrangement | positioning site | part of a ball passage gate, Comprising: The state which attached the detection switch to the main-body part of a ball passage gate is shown. 実施例に係る遊技盤を球通過ゲートの配設部位で横断した要部平面図であって、球通過ゲートの本体部から検出スイッチを取外した状態を示している。It is the principal part top view which crossed the game board based on an Example in the arrangement | positioning site | part of a ball passage gate, Comprising: The state which removed the detection switch from the main-body part of the ball passage gate is shown. 実施例に係る遊技盤を球通過ゲートの配設部位で縦断した要部側面図であって、球通過ゲートの本体部に検出スイッチを取付けた状態を示している。It is the principal part side view which longitudinally cut the game board which concerns on an Example in the arrangement | positioning site | part of a ball passage gate, Comprising: The state which attached the detection switch to the main-body part of a ball passage gate is shown. 実施例に係る遊技盤を球通過ゲートの配設部位で縦断した要部側面図であって、球通過ゲートの本体部から検出スイッチを取外した状態を示している。It is the principal part side view which longitudinally cut the game board based on an Example in the arrangement | positioning site | part of a ball passage gate, Comprising: The state which removed the detection switch from the main-body part of the ball passage gate is shown. 実施例に係る第1〜第3発光装置を前側から視た分解斜視図である。It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the 1st-3rd light-emitting device concerning an example from the front side. 実施例に係る左前飾り部材および左普通入賞装置を前側から視た斜視図である。It is the perspective view which looked at the left front decoration member and left common prize-winning device concerning an example from the front side. 実施例に係る第2発光装置を後側から視た分解斜視図である。It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the 2nd light-emitting device which concerns on an Example from the rear side. 実施例に係る遊技盤を第2発光装置の配設部位で縦断した要部側面図である。It is the principal part side view which longitudinally cut the game board based on an Example in the arrangement | positioning site | part of a 2nd light-emitting device. 実施例に係る右前飾り部材および右普通入賞装置を前側から視た斜視図である。It is the perspective view which looked at the right front decoration member and right normal prize-winning apparatus which concern on an Example from the front side. 実施例に係る第3発光装置を後側から視た分解斜視図である。It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the 3rd light-emitting device which concerns on an Example from the rear side. 実施例に係る遊技盤を第3発光装置の配設部位で縦断した要部側面図である。It is the principal part side view which longitudinally cut the game board concerning an Example in the arrangement | positioning site | part of a 3rd light-emitting device. 実施例に係る第4発光装置を前側から視た分解斜視図である。It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the 4th light-emitting device concerning an example from the front side. 実施例に係る第4発光装置を後側から視た分解斜視図である。It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the 4th light-emitting device which concerns on an Example from the rear side. 実施例に係る遊技盤をステージにおける第1の球通過口の位置で縦断した要部側面図である。It is the principal part side view which longitudinally cut the game board which concerns on an Example in the position of the 1st ball passage opening in a stage. 実施例に係る遊技盤をステージにおける第2の球通過口の位置で縦断した要部側面図である。It is the principal part side view which longitudinally cut the game board which concerns on an Example in the position of the 2nd ball passage opening in a stage. 図32における第4発光装置とステージの第2後壁部との関係を拡大して示す要部縦断側面図である。It is a principal part vertical side view which expands and shows the relationship between the 4th light-emitting device in FIG. 32, and the 2nd rear wall part of a stage.
次に、本発明に係る遊技機につき、好適な実施例を挙げて、添付図面を参照しながら以下詳細に説明する。なお、実施例では、遊技球としてパチンコ球を用いて遊技を行なうパチンコ機を例に挙げて説明する。また、以下の説明において、「前」、「後」、「左」、「右」とは、特に断りのない限り、図1に示すようにパチンコ機10を前側(遊技者側)から見た状態で指称する。   Next, the gaming machine according to the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings by way of preferred embodiments. In the embodiment, a pachinko machine that plays a game using a pachinko ball as a game ball will be described as an example. In the following description, “front”, “rear”, “left”, and “right” refer to the pachinko machine 10 viewed from the front side (player side) as shown in FIG. 1 unless otherwise specified. Named by state.
(パチンコ機10について)
実施例に係るパチンコ機10は、図1に示すように、前後に開口する矩形枠状に形成されて遊技店の図示しない設置枠台に縦置き姿勢で設置される固定枠としての外枠11の開口前面側に、遊技盤12を着脱可能に保持する本体枠としての中枠13が開閉および着脱可能に組み付けられて、該遊技盤12の裏側に、各種図柄を変動表示可能な図柄表示装置14が着脱可能に配設されている。また、前記中枠13の前面側には、前記遊技盤12を透視保護するガラス板や透明な合成樹脂材により形成された透視保護板15a(透明部材)で前後に開口する窓部を覆うよう構成された前枠15が開閉可能に組み付けられると共に、該前枠15の下方にパチンコ球Pを貯留する下球受け皿17が開閉可能に組み付けられる。なお、実施例では、前記前枠15の下部位置に、パチンコ球Pを貯留する上球受け皿16が一体的に組み付けられており、前枠15の開閉に合わせて上球受け皿16も一体的に開閉するよう構成される。なお、実施例では、前記図柄表示装置14としては、各種図柄を表示可能な液晶パネルを収容ケースに収容した液晶表示装置が採用されるが、これに限られるものではなく、ドラム式の図柄表示装置やドットマトリックス式の図柄表示装置等の各種図柄を停止および変動表示可能な従来公知の各種の図柄表示装置を採用し得る。また、前記上球受け皿16は、前記前枠15と別体に形成してもよい。
(About pachinko machine 10)
As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment is formed in a rectangular frame shape that opens front and rear, and an outer frame 11 as a fixed frame that is installed in a vertically installed posture on an installation frame base (not shown) of a game shop. A symbol display device capable of variably displaying various symbols on the back side of the game board 12, in which a middle frame 13 as a main body frame for detachably holding the game board 12 is detachably assembled on the front side of the game board 12 14 is detachably disposed. Further, on the front side of the middle frame 13, a glass plate that transparently protects the game board 12 or a transparent protective plate 15 a (transparent member) formed of a transparent synthetic resin material covers a window portion that opens in the front-rear direction. The constructed front frame 15 is assembled so as to be openable and closable, and a lower ball tray 17 for storing pachinko balls P is assembled so as to be openable and closable below the front frame 15. In the embodiment, an upper ball tray 16 for storing pachinko balls P is integrally assembled at a lower position of the front frame 15, and the upper ball tray 16 is also integrally formed in accordance with opening and closing of the front frame 15. Configured to open and close. In the embodiment, as the symbol display device 14, a liquid crystal display device in which a liquid crystal panel capable of displaying various symbols is accommodated in an accommodation case is not limited to this. Various conventionally known symbol display devices capable of stopping and variably displaying various symbols such as a device and a dot matrix type symbol display device can be adopted. The upper ball tray 16 may be formed separately from the front frame 15.
前記中枠13の右下方位置には、該中枠13に配設された打球発射装置(図示せず)を作動する操作ハンドル18が設けられる。この操作ハンドル18は、左回転方向に付勢された操作レバー18aを備えており、該操作レバー18aを右回転するよう遊技者が回動操作することで打球発射装置が作動されて、前記上球受け皿16に貯留されたパチンコ球Pが前記遊技盤12に向けて発射されるようになっている。ここで、前記操作レバー18aの回動量に応じて前記打球発射装置によるパチンコ球Pの打球力が強弱変化するよう構成されており、遊技者が操作レバー18aを操作して回動量を調節することで、前記遊技盤12に形成された第1経路20a(後述)をパチンコ球Pが流下する所謂「左打ち」と、該遊技盤12に形成された第2経路20b(後述)をパチンコ球Pが流下する所謂「右打ち(ゴム打ち)」とを打ち分け得るようになっている。   An operation handle 18 for operating a ball striking device (not shown) disposed on the middle frame 13 is provided at a lower right position of the middle frame 13. The operation handle 18 includes an operation lever 18a biased in the left rotation direction. When the player turns the operation lever 18a to rotate right, the hitting ball launching device is operated, and the upper handle 18a is operated. A pachinko ball P stored in the ball tray 16 is launched toward the game board 12. Here, the hitting force of the pachinko ball P by the hitting ball launching device is changed in accordance with the turning amount of the operating lever 18a, and the player operates the operating lever 18a to adjust the turning amount. The so-called “left-handed” where the pachinko ball P flows down the first path 20a (described later) formed in the game board 12, and the second path 20b (described later) formed in the game board 12 through the pachinko ball P. The so-called “right strike (rubber strike)” that flows down can be distinguished.
(遊技盤12について)
前記遊技盤12は、図2および図3に示すように、アクリルやポリカーボネート等の透明合成樹脂から所定板厚の略矩形状に形成された透明板であって、該遊技盤12の表面(盤面)に配設された略円形状に湾曲形成する案内レール19により、パチンコ球Pが流下可能な遊技領域20が画成されている。また、前記遊技盤12の裏面に、前記図柄表示装置14が取付けられた設置部材36(後述)が配設されている。
(About game board 12)
As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the game board 12 is a transparent board formed in a substantially rectangular shape with a predetermined plate thickness from a transparent synthetic resin such as acrylic or polycarbonate, and has a surface (board face). The game area 20 in which the pachinko ball P can flow down is defined by the guide rail 19 that is curved and formed in a substantially circular shape. An installation member 36 (described later) to which the symbol display device 14 is attached is disposed on the back surface of the game board 12.
ここで、前記案内レール19は、図2に示す如く、遊技盤12の左下部から右上部に至るよう左方向に膨出する円弧状に形成された外レール21と、該外レール21の内側に配置されて、遊技盤12の右上部、右下部および左上部に至るよう右方向に膨出する円弧状に形成された内レール22,23とから構成されている。前記内レール22,23は、遊技盤12の右上部から下部に亘って配設され、左端縁が右方に凹む円弧状に形成された盤面飾り部材22と、遊技盤12の下部から左上部に亘って配設されて盤面飾り部材22の下端部に連接し、前記外レール21の右方に離間して位置するレール部材23とから構成され、該外レール21およびレール部材23により1個のパチンコ球Pが通過可能な発射通路19aが画成されている。ここで、前記内レールを構成するレール部材23は、図2に示す如く、前記遊技盤12の左上部に開放端を臨ませるよう構成されて、前記打球発射装置から発射されたパチンコ球Pが発射通路19aの下方開口から飛翔して、レール部材23の開放端側から遊技領域20内に打ち出されるようになっている。   Here, as shown in FIG. 2, the guide rail 19 includes an outer rail 21 formed in an arc shape that bulges leftward from the lower left portion of the game board 12 to the upper right portion, and an inner side of the outer rail 21. And inner rails 22 and 23 formed in an arc shape that bulges rightward so as to reach the upper right part, lower right part, and upper left part of the game board 12. The inner rails 22, 23 are arranged from the upper right part to the lower part of the game board 12, and the board decoration member 22 formed in an arc shape whose left end edge is recessed rightward, and the lower part of the game board 12 from the upper left part. And a rail member 23 that is connected to the lower end portion of the panel decoration member 22 and is spaced apart to the right of the outer rail 21, and one piece is formed by the outer rail 21 and the rail member 23. A launch passage 19a through which the pachinko ball P can pass is defined. Here, as shown in FIG. 2, the rail member 23 that constitutes the inner rail is configured so that the open end faces the upper left portion of the game board 12, and the pachinko ball P launched from the hitting ball launching device It flies from the lower opening of the launch passage 19 a and is launched into the game area 20 from the open end side of the rail member 23.
図2、図11に示すように、前記外レール21と盤面飾り部材22とが遊技盤12の右上部で接接続する接続位置は、該外レール21および盤面飾り部材22の曲率の相違から段差が形成されており、該段差部分に緩衝ゴム24が配設されている。すなわち、前記外レール21の終端位置に臨むよう緩衝ゴム24が配設されて、前記打球発射装置から発射されて外レール21に沿って終端位置まで移動したパチンコ球Pを緩衝ゴム24で減勢するようになっている。なお、前記緩衝ゴム24は、後述する第2経路20bに位置している。   As shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 11, the connection position where the outer rail 21 and the board decoration member 22 are in contact with each other at the upper right part of the game board 12 is different from the difference in curvature between the outer rail 21 and the board decoration member 22. Is formed, and a buffer rubber 24 is disposed at the stepped portion. That is, the shock absorbing rubber 24 is disposed so as to face the end position of the outer rail 21, and the pachinko ball P that has been launched from the hitting ball launcher and moved to the end position along the outer rail 21 is reduced by the shock absorbing rubber 24. It is supposed to be. The buffer rubber 24 is located in a second path 20b described later.
前記遊技盤12には、前後に貫通する装着口12a,12b,12c,12d,12fが前記遊技領域20内に複数開設されて(図3参照)、各装着口12a,12b,12c,12d,12fに対して各種部品が前側から取付けられると共に、遊技領域20の最下部位置には、該遊技領域20に打ち出されたパチンコ球Pを排出するアウト口25が開設されている。また遊技盤12には、前記遊技領域20内に多数の遊技釘26が植設されており、遊技領域20を流下するパチンコ球Pが遊技釘26に接触することでパチンコ球Pの流下方向を不規則に変化させるようになっている。なお、前記装着口の形成数は、遊技盤12に対して取付けられる各種部品の個数や配設位置等により必要に応じて適宜決定される。   In the game board 12, a plurality of mounting openings 12a, 12b, 12c, 12d, and 12f penetrating in the front-rear direction are opened in the gaming area 20 (see FIG. 3), and the respective mounting openings 12a, 12b, 12c, 12d, Various parts are attached to 12f from the front side, and an outlet 25 for discharging the pachinko ball P launched into the game area 20 is opened at the lowest position of the game area 20. In the game board 12, a large number of game nails 26 are implanted in the game area 20. When the pachinko balls P flowing down the game area 20 come into contact with the game nails 26, the flow direction of the pachinko balls P is changed. It is designed to change irregularly. It should be noted that the number of the mounting openings is appropriately determined as necessary depending on the number of various parts to be attached to the game board 12, the arrangement position, and the like.
実施例の前記遊技盤12には、前記案内レール19で囲まれた遊技領域20の略中央の大部分が開口する第1装着口12aに、前後に開口する窓口(開口部)27aが形成された枠状装飾部材27が取付けられ、該枠状装飾部材27の窓口27aを介して図柄表示装置14の表示部が遊技盤12の前面側に臨むよう構成される。そして、第1装着口12a(枠状装飾部材27)の下方に開設された第2装着口12bに、遊技領域20(第1経路20aおよび第2経路20b)を流下するパチンコ球Pが入賞可能な始動入賞口28a,28bを有する始動入賞装置(入賞装置)28が取付けられ、該第2装着口12bの下方に連通状態で形成された第3装着口12cに、遊技領域20を流下するパチンコ球Pが入賞可能な特別入賞装置29が取付けられている(図2参照)。また、第3装着口12cの左右両側に開設された第4装着口12d,12eに、遊技領域20(第1経路20aまたは第2経路20b)を流下するパチンコ球Pが入賞可能な普通入賞装置30,31および前飾り部材32,33が取付けられている。更に、右側の第4装着口12eの上方に開設された第5装着口12fに、第2経路20bを流下するパチンコ球Pが通過可能な球通過ゲート34が取付けられている。なお、第4装着口12d,12eに関しては、第3装着口12cの左側に位置するものを左第4装着口12dと指称すると共に、第3装着口12cの右側に位置するものを右第4装着口12eと指称する場合もあり、これに対応して普通入賞装置30,31および前飾り部材32,33に関しても同様に左普通入賞装置30、右普通入賞装置31および左前飾り部材32、右前飾り部材33と指称する場合もある。   In the gaming board 12 of the embodiment, a window (opening) 27a that opens back and forth is formed in a first mounting opening 12a that opens at a substantially central portion of the gaming area 20 surrounded by the guide rail 19. A frame-shaped decorative member 27 is attached, and the display unit of the symbol display device 14 faces the front side of the game board 12 through a window 27a of the frame-shaped decorative member 27. The pachinko balls P flowing down the game area 20 (the first path 20a and the second path 20b) can win a prize in the second mounting opening 12b opened below the first mounting opening 12a (the frame-shaped decorative member 27). A start winning device (winning device) 28 having various start winning ports 28a, 28b is attached, and a pachinko that flows down the game area 20 to a third mounting port 12c formed in a communicating state below the second mounting port 12b. A special prize-winning device 29 capable of winning the ball P is attached (see FIG. 2). In addition, the normal winning device that allows the pachinko balls P flowing down the game area 20 (the first route 20a or the second route 20b) to win the fourth mounting ports 12d and 12e opened on the left and right sides of the third mounting port 12c. 30 and 31 and front decoration members 32 and 33 are attached. Furthermore, a ball passage gate 34 through which a pachinko ball P flowing down the second path 20b can pass is attached to a fifth mounting port 12f that is opened above the right fourth mounting port 12e. Regarding the fourth mounting ports 12d and 12e, the one located on the left side of the third mounting port 12c is designated as the left fourth mounting port 12d, and the one located on the right side of the third mounting port 12c is the fourth right side. Corresponding to this, there are cases where it is referred to as the mounting opening 12e. Similarly, the left normal winning device 30, the right normal winning device 31 and the left front decoration member 32, the front right are similarly applied to the normal winning devices 30, 31 and the front decoration members 32, 33. The decorative member 33 may be referred to.
(始動入賞装置28について)
前記始動入賞装置28は、上下に始動入賞口28a,28bが設けられており、上側の第1始動入賞口28aは遊技領域20に常時開放すると共に、下側の第2始動入賞口28bは、所定の開放条件および閉鎖条件(何れも後述)に従って開閉部材28cにより開閉されるよう構成されている。始動入賞装置28には、パチンコ機10の裏側に配設された制御装置(図示せず)に接続された第1始動入賞球検出センサ(図示せず)が配設されて、前記第1始動入賞口28aに入賞したパチンコ球Pを第1始動入賞球検出センサで検出するよう構成される。また始動入賞装置28には、前記制御装置に接続された第2始動入賞球検出センサ(図示せず)が配設されて、前記第2始動入賞口28bに入賞したパチンコ球Pを第2始動入賞球検出センサで検出するよう構成されている。そして、第1始動入賞球検出センサまたは第2始動入賞球検出センサによるパチンコ球Pの検出(すなわち第1始動入賞口28aへの入賞または第2始動入賞口28bへの入賞)に伴って、前記図柄表示装置14において図柄が変動表示されて図柄変動演出が展開され、該図柄変動演出の結果、図柄表示装置14に所定の図柄組み合わせ(例えば同一図柄の3つ揃い等)で図柄が停止表示されることで所謂大当りが発生し、大当りの発生に伴って前記特別入賞装置29が開放して多数の賞球を獲得し得る機会が与えられるようになっている。すなわち、各始動入賞球検出センサによるパチンコ球Pの検出に伴って、前記大当りを発生するか否か(特別入賞装置29を開放するか否か)を決定する大当り抽選が前記制御装置で行なわれるよう設定され、該大当り抽選の結果に基づいて前記図柄表示装置14において図柄変動演出が行なわれるようになっている。
(About the start winning device 28)
The starting winning device 28 is provided with starting winning ports 28a and 28b at the top and bottom, the upper first starting winning port 28a is always open to the game area 20, and the lower second starting winning port 28b is It is configured to be opened and closed by the opening / closing member 28c in accordance with predetermined opening conditions and closing conditions (both described later). The start winning device 28 is provided with a first start winning ball detection sensor (not shown) connected to a control device (not shown) provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10, and the first start winning device 28 is provided. The pachinko ball P won in the winning opening 28a is configured to be detected by the first start winning ball detection sensor. Further, the start winning device 28 is provided with a second start winning ball detection sensor (not shown) connected to the control device, and the pachinko ball P that has won the second start winning port 28b is second started. It is comprised so that it may detect with a winning ball detection sensor. The pachinko ball P is detected by the first starting winning ball detection sensor or the second starting winning ball detection sensor (that is, winning in the first starting winning port 28a or winning in the second starting winning port 28b). In the symbol display device 14, the symbols are variably displayed and the symbol variation effects are developed. As a result of the symbol variation effects, the symbols are stopped and displayed on the symbol display device 14 in a predetermined symbol combination (for example, a set of three identical symbols). Thus, a so-called big hit is generated, and the special winning device 29 is opened with the occurrence of the big win, thereby giving an opportunity to obtain a large number of prize balls. That is, in accordance with the detection of the pachinko ball P by each start winning ball detection sensor, a big hit lottery for determining whether or not the big hit is generated (whether or not the special winning device 29 is opened) is performed by the control device. Based on the result of the big hit lottery, the symbol display effect is performed in the symbol display device 14.
(特別入賞装置29について)
前記特別入賞装置29は、遊技領域20に臨む横長の特別入賞口が開閉扉29aで常には閉鎖されており、前記始動入賞口28a,28bへのパチンコ球Pの入賞を契機とした前記大当り抽選の結果、該図柄表示装置14に所定の図柄組み合わせで図柄が停止表示されることで所謂「大当り」が発生し、これにより開閉扉29aが開放するよう作動制御されて、特別入賞口への入賞により多数の賞球を獲得し得るよう構成されている。なお、特別入賞装置29には、前記制御装置に接続された特別球検出センサ(図示せず)が配設されて、前記特別入賞口に入賞したパチンコ球Pを該特別球検出センサで検出するよう構成される。
(About special prize device 29)
The special prize winning device 29 has a horizontally long special prize winning opening facing the game area 20 that is always closed by an opening / closing door 29a, and the big hit lottery triggered by the winning of the pachinko ball P to the start winning prize opening 28a, 28b. As a result, when the symbols are stopped and displayed on the symbol display device 14 in a predetermined symbol combination, a so-called “big hit” is generated, whereby the opening / closing door 29a is controlled to be opened, and a special winning opening is awarded. It is configured to obtain a large number of prize balls. The special winning device 29 is provided with a special ball detecting sensor (not shown) connected to the control device, and the special ball detecting sensor detects the pachinko ball P that has won the special winning opening. It is configured as follows.
前記特別入賞装置29では、前記「大当り」の発生時に行なわれる大当り遊技において、前記特別入賞口へのパチンコ球Pの入賞が阻まれる不利な第1状態(特別入賞口の閉鎖)と、特別入賞口へのパチンコ球Pの入賞が許容される第2状態(特別入賞口の開放)とに変動されるラウンド遊技を繰返すよう構成される。ここで、特別入賞装置29におけるラウンド遊技とは、不利な第1状態から有利な第2状態に移行し、再び不利な第1状態に移行するまでを云い、大当り遊技において予め決定された継続回数のラウンド遊技が繰返されるようになっている。また、ラウンド遊技において第1状態から第2状態への移行は、第1状態から第2状態へ移行してからの第2状態の継続時間(特別入賞口の開放時間)、または第2状態での特別入賞口へのパチンコ球Pの入賞数(特別球検出センサによる設定数のパチンコ球Pの検出)の何れかが、予め設定された値となったことを条件として行なわれる。   In the special prize winning device 29, in the big hit game performed when the “big hit” occurs, a disadvantageous first state (special prize opening closed) that prevents the pachinko ball P from winning in the special prize opening, The game is configured to repeat a round game that is changed to a second state in which the winning of the pachinko ball P to the mouth is allowed (opening of the special winning opening). Here, the round game in the special prize-winning device 29 means a transition from the disadvantageous first state to the advantageous second state and again to the disadvantageous first state, and the number of continuations determined in advance in the jackpot game. The round game is repeated. Moreover, in the round game, the transition from the first state to the second state is the duration of the second state after the transition from the first state to the second state (the opening time of the special prize opening) or the second state. This is performed under the condition that any of the number of pachinko balls P received in the special winning opening (detection of a set number of pachinko balls P by the special ball detection sensor) has reached a preset value.
ここで、実施例のパチンコ機10では、前記大当り遊技以外の遊技が行なわれる遊技状態として、3つの状態が設定されている。すなわち、パチンコ機10において通常行なわれる通常状態と、該通常状態に較べて大当りの発生確率が高く、かつ前記始動入賞装置28の第2始動入賞口28bへの入賞確率が高く設定された確率変動状態と、通常状態に較べて大当りの発生確率が同等で、かつ始動入賞装置28の第2始動入賞口28bへの入賞確率が高く設定された時間短縮状態が設定されている。そして、前記上下の始動入賞口28a,28bへパチンコ球Pが入賞した際に、前記遊技状態を変更するか否かが前記制御装置で決定される。   Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, three states are set as game states in which a game other than the big hit game is performed. That is, the normal state that is normally performed in the pachinko machine 10 and the probability variation in which the probability of jackpot generation is higher than that in the normal state and the winning probability to the second starting winning port 28b of the starting winning device 28 is set high. A time reduction state is set in which the probability of jackpot is equal to the state and the normal state, and the winning probability to the second start winning port 28b of the start winning device 28 is set high. Then, when the pachinko ball P wins the upper and lower start winning holes 28a, 28b, it is determined by the control device whether or not the game state is to be changed.
また、前記右前飾り部材33より上方の遊技領域20(第2経路20b)に位置する前記球通過ゲート34は、後述するように遊技領域20a(第2経路20b)を流下するパチンコ球Pが通過可能に構成されたものであって、パチンコ球Pを検出する検出スイッチ(検出手段)35(図16,図17,図18,図20参照)を備えている。前記球通過ゲート34の検出スイッチ35は、パチンコ機10裏側に配設された前記制御装置に接続されており、該検出スイッチ35の検出に伴って制御装置において前記始動入賞装置28における第2始動入賞口28bを開放するか否かの始動口開放抽選が行なわれ、該始動口開放抽選の結果が当選の場合に、第2始動入賞口28bを開放するよう始動入賞装置28が駆動制御されるようになっている。すなわち、実施例のパチンコ機10では、前記球通過ゲート34の検出スイッチ35がパチンコ球Pを検出して行なわれる始動口開放抽選の結果が当選となることが、前記始動入賞装置28の第2始動入賞口28bを開放する開放条件とされている。   The ball passing gate 34 located in the game area 20 (second path 20b) above the right front decoration member 33 passes a pachinko ball P flowing down the game area 20a (second path 20b) as described later. It is configured so as to be provided with a detection switch (detection means) 35 (see FIGS. 16, 17, 18, and 20) for detecting the pachinko sphere P. The detection switch 35 of the ball passage gate 34 is connected to the control device disposed on the back side of the pachinko machine 10, and the second start in the start winning device 28 in the control device in accordance with the detection of the detection switch 35. A start opening lottery for determining whether or not to open the winning opening 28b is performed, and when the result of the start opening opening lottery is a win, the start winning apparatus 28 is driven and controlled to open the second start winning opening 28b. It is like that. That is, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, the result of the start opening lottery performed when the detection switch 35 of the ball passage gate 34 detects the pachinko ball P is won, and the second prize of the start winning device 28 is An opening condition for opening the start winning opening 28b is set.
そして、前記第2始動入賞口28bを開放してから所定の閉鎖条件が成立することで、該第2始動入賞口28bが閉鎖されるようになっている。ここで、前記第2始動入賞口28bを閉鎖する閉鎖条件としては、例えば前記開閉部材28cが入賞許容位置に移動してからの経過時間(第2始動入賞口28bの開放時間)や、第2始動入賞球検出センサによる設定数のパチンコ球Pの検出等が挙げられるが、これに限られるものではない。すなわち、パチンコ機10において入賞口を開閉する開閉式の始動入賞装置に採用される開閉部材28cの開放条件および閉鎖条件に従って、該開閉部材28cを開閉作動するソレノイド(図示せず)が駆動制御される。   The second start winning opening 28b is closed when a predetermined closing condition is satisfied after the second starting winning opening 28b is opened. Here, as a closing condition for closing the second start winning opening 28b, for example, an elapsed time after the opening / closing member 28c moves to the winning allowable position (opening time of the second start winning opening 28b), Examples include detection of a set number of pachinko balls P by a starting winning ball detection sensor, but are not limited thereto. That is, a solenoid (not shown) that opens and closes the opening / closing member 28c is driven and controlled in accordance with the opening and closing conditions of the opening / closing member 28c employed in the opening / closing start winning device that opens and closes the winning opening in the pachinko machine 10. The
(特定条件について)
また、実施例のパチンコ機10では、前記始動入賞装置28の第2始動入賞口28bを開放する開放条件および該第2始動入賞口28bを閉鎖する閉鎖条件は、遊技状態に応じて設定される。すなわち、遊技状態が前記確率変動状態および時間短縮状態の場合には、遊技状態が通常状態の場合に較べて、前記始動入賞装置28の第2始動入賞口28bが開放され易くなるよう前記開放条件や閉鎖条件が設定されて、第2始動入賞口28bへの入賞率を高くするよう構成されている。具体的には、実施例では、遊技状態が前記確率変動状態および時間短縮状態の場合には、遊技状態が通常状態の場合に較べて、前記始動口開放抽選の結果が確定するまでの時間が短くなるよう設定されると共に、第2始動入賞口28bの1回の開放毎の開放時間を長く設定することで、確率変動状態および時間短縮状態における第2始動入賞口28bへの入賞確率を高くしている。例えば、遊技状態が通常状態の場合には、始動口開放抽選の結果が確定するまでの時間が略30秒で、かつ第2始動入賞口28bの開放時間が0.1秒/1回に設定されるのに対し、遊技状態が確率変動状態および時間短縮状態の場合には、始動口開放抽選の結果が確定するまでの時間が略2秒で、かつ第2始動入賞口28bの開放時間が2秒/1回に設定されている。
(About specific conditions)
In the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, the opening condition for opening the second start winning port 28b and the closing condition for closing the second start winning port 28b of the start winning device 28 are set according to the gaming state. . That is, when the gaming state is the probability variation state and the time shortening state, the opening condition is set so that the second starting winning opening 28b of the starting winning device 28 can be easily opened compared to the case where the gaming state is the normal state. Or a closing condition is set to increase the winning rate to the second start winning port 28b. Specifically, in the embodiment, when the gaming state is the probability variation state and the time shortening state, the time until the result of the start port opening lottery is determined as compared to the case where the gaming state is the normal state. By setting the opening time to be shorter and setting the opening time for each opening of the second starting winning port 28b to be longer, the winning probability to the second starting winning port 28b in the probability variation state and the time shortening state is increased. doing. For example, when the gaming state is the normal state, the time until the result of the start opening lottery is determined is approximately 30 seconds, and the opening time of the second start winning opening 28b is set to 0.1 second / one time. On the other hand, when the gaming state is the probability variation state and the time shortening state, the time until the result of the start opening lottery is determined is approximately 2 seconds, and the opening time of the second start winning opening 28b is It is set to 2 seconds / 1 time.
そして、前記始動入賞装置28の第2始動入賞口28bを開放するか否かの始動開放抽選を行なう契機となる球検出を行なう検出スイッチ35を備える前記球通過ゲート34を、前記遊技盤12の右側部に配置したことで、パチンコ球Pが前記第2経路20bを流下する場合にのみ、該パチンコ球Pが球通過ゲート34を通過可能になっている。従って、実施例のパチンコ機10は、特定の条件が成立した場合(遊技状態が確率変動遊技状態または時間短縮遊技状態となった場合)に、パチンコ球Pを第2経路20bへ打ち出す「右打ち」を実施することで、第2始動入賞口28bへの入賞確率が高い状態である遊技者にとって有利な遊技を享受させ得るよう構成される。また、実施例のパチンコ機10では、前記遊技盤12の第2経路20bにおける遊技釘26の配設数を少なくして、前記大当り状態(特定の条件の成立)に際して「右打ち」を実施することで、当該大当り状態で行なわれるラウンド遊技を早く消化して短時間で多くの賞球を獲得し得る有利な遊技を行ない得るよう構成されている。これに対し、特定条件が不成立の場合(遊技状態が通常状態の場合)には、「右打ち」を実施したとしても遊技者に有利な遊技が行なわれない(逆にパチンコ球Pが早く消費されて遊技者にとっては不利となる)ことから、該特定条件が不成立の場合にはパチンコ球Pを第1経路20aへ打ち出す「左打ち」を実施することで、所定の遊技が行なわれるよう構成されている。このように、遊技者が遊技状態(特定条件の成立・不成立)に応じて前記操作ハンドル18を操作してパチンコ球Pの打ち出し位置を変更するよう構成することで、遊技者に能動的な遊技参加を促し、遊技の興趣を高めるようになっている。そして、実施例において特定条件の成立とは、パチンコ球Pを第2経路20bへ打ち出す「右打ち」を実施するのに適した条件の成立をいうものである。   The ball passing gate 34 including a detection switch 35 for detecting a ball that triggers a start / open lottery to determine whether or not to open the second start winning port 28b of the start winning device 28 is provided on the game board 12. Due to the arrangement on the right side, the pachinko sphere P can pass through the sphere passage gate 34 only when the pachinko sphere P flows down the second path 20b. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment launches the pachinko ball P to the second path 20b when a specific condition is satisfied (when the gaming state becomes a probability variation gaming state or a time shortening gaming state). ”Is configured to allow the player to enjoy a game advantageous to the player who has a high winning probability at the second start winning opening 28b. Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the number of game nails 26 arranged in the second path 20b of the game board 12 is reduced, and “right-handed” is performed in the big hit state (specific condition is established). Thus, it is configured such that an advantageous game in which a lot of prize balls can be obtained in a short time by quickly digesting the round game performed in the big hit state. On the other hand, if the specific condition is not satisfied (when the game state is the normal state), even if the “right-handed” is performed, a game advantageous to the player is not performed (in contrast, the pachinko ball P is consumed quickly). Therefore, when the specific condition is not satisfied, a “left-handed” operation is performed to launch the pachinko ball P to the first path 20a, so that a predetermined game is performed. Has been. In this way, by configuring the player to change the launch position of the pachinko ball P by operating the operation handle 18 in accordance with the gaming state (satisfaction / non-satisfaction of the specific condition), an active game for the player Encourage participation and enhance the fun of the game. In the embodiment, the establishment of the specific condition refers to the establishment of a condition suitable for performing “right-handed” for launching the pachinko ball P to the second path 20b.
(設置部材36について)
前記設置部材36は、略矩形状の背面板36aと、該背面板36aの外周縁部から前方に突出する画壁部36b(図5参照)とから前方に開口した箱状に形成されて、該画壁部36bの開口前端部を前記遊技盤12の裏面に当接させた状態で、当該遊技盤12と設置部材36とがネジにより固定される。なお、設置部材36における前端の大きさおよび形状が、前記遊技盤12の外郭形状と略整合するよう形成されている。そして、前記設置部材36において前記遊技盤12との間に画成される空間に、図4に示す如く、各種の可動演出装置37や各種の発光装置38,39,40,41や各種の飾り部材97,98等が設置されて、設置部材36を基材とする1つのユニットとして扱い得るようになっている。また、前記設置部材36の背面板36aには、前記枠状装飾部材27の窓口27aと前後に整列する位置に、略矩形状の開口部36cが前後に開口するよう開設されると共に、該背面板36aの裏側に前記図柄表示装置14が着脱自在に取付けられて、該開口部36cを介して図柄表示装置14の表示部が遊技盤12の前側に臨むようになっている。
(About the installation member 36)
The installation member 36 is formed in a box shape opening forward from a substantially rectangular back plate 36a and an image wall portion 36b (see FIG. 5) protruding forward from the outer peripheral edge of the back plate 36a. The game board 12 and the installation member 36 are fixed by screws in a state in which the opening front end portion of the drawing wall portion 36b is in contact with the back surface of the game board 12. It should be noted that the size and shape of the front end of the installation member 36 are formed so as to substantially match the outline shape of the game board 12. Then, in the space defined between the game board 12 in the installation member 36, as shown in FIG. 4, various movable effect devices 37, various light emitting devices 38, 39, 40, 41 and various decorations. The members 97 and 98 are installed so that they can be handled as one unit using the installation member 36 as a base material. Further, a substantially rectangular opening 36c is opened on the back plate 36a of the installation member 36 at a position aligned with the window 27a of the frame-shaped decorative member 27 in the front-rear direction. The symbol display device 14 is detachably attached to the back side of the face plate 36a, and the display portion of the symbol display device 14 faces the front side of the game board 12 through the opening 36c.
(枠状装飾部材27について)
前記遊技盤12に配設される前記枠状装飾部材27は、図2、図6、図7に示すように、前記遊技盤12に開設された前記第1装着口12aに沿って延在する環状に形成された薄板状の固定板42と、該固定板42の開口内周に沿って後方へ突出する内周壁部43と、該固定板42の開口内周に沿って設けられて、遊技盤12の前面より前方へ突出する庇部44とを備える。そして、枠状装飾部材27は、第1装着口12a内に内周壁部43を挿入した状態で、遊技盤12に固定板42が前側からネジ止めされている。前記固定板42、内周壁部43および庇部44の夫々は一体に樹脂形成する構成であっても、別部材として形成する構成であってもよい。
(About the frame-shaped decorative member 27)
The frame-shaped decorative member 27 disposed on the game board 12 extends along the first mounting opening 12a provided in the game board 12, as shown in FIGS. A thin plate-shaped fixing plate 42 formed in an annular shape, an inner peripheral wall portion 43 projecting rearward along the inner periphery of the opening of the fixing plate 42, and an inner periphery of the opening of the fixing plate 42 are provided. And a flange 44 protruding forward from the front surface of the panel 12. The frame-shaped decorative member 27 has a fixed plate 42 screwed to the game board 12 from the front side in a state where the inner peripheral wall portion 43 is inserted into the first mounting opening 12a. Each of the fixing plate 42, the inner peripheral wall portion 43, and the flange portion 44 may be configured to be integrally formed with resin, or may be configured to be formed as separate members.
(ステージ45について)
前記枠状装飾部材27には、図6に示す如く、窓口27aの下側(枠状装飾部材27の内周下縁部)に、光透過性のステージ45が配設されると共に、窓口27aの左側に、前記第1経路20a(遊技領域20)に球入口46aを開口して該第1経路20aを流下するパチンコ球Pを取り込む球導入部46が設けられ、該球導入部46の球出口46bがステージ45に連通するよう構成される。そして、球導入部46の球出口46bからステージ45に通出されたパチンコ球Pは、ステージ45上を左右に転動した後に、前記各入賞装置28,29,30,31が配設されている遊技領域20に排出される。すなわち、ステージ45は、球導入部46を通過したパチンコ球Pを一時的に受け入れ、該パチンコ球Pの流下方向を振り分けるよう構成されている。
(About stage 45)
As shown in FIG. 6, the frame-shaped decorative member 27 is provided with a light transmissive stage 45 below the window 27a (the inner peripheral lower edge of the frame-shaped decorative member 27), and the window 27a. On the left side, a ball introduction part 46 is provided which opens a ball inlet 46a in the first path 20a (game area 20) and takes in a pachinko ball P flowing down the first path 20a. The outlet 46 b is configured to communicate with the stage 45. The pachinko balls P passed from the ball outlet 46b of the ball introduction section 46 to the stage 45 roll left and right on the stage 45, and then each of the winning devices 28, 29, 30, 31 is arranged. The game area 20 is discharged. That is, the stage 45 is configured to temporarily receive the pachinko spheres P that have passed through the sphere introduction part 46 and distribute the flow direction of the pachinko spheres P.
前記ステージ45は、図8,図9,図10に示す如く、左右方向に延在し、前記球導入部46から通出されたパチンコ球Pが左右方向に転動可能な上段球転動部47と、該上段球転動部47より下方位置において左右方向に延在して設けられ、上段球転動部47から後述する球通過口57,58を通過したパチンコ球Pが左右方向に転動可能な下段球転動部48とを備える2段構成となっている。そして、ステージ45に通入したパチンコ球Pは、最終的には下段球転動部48の前縁(後述する球排出口59)から遊技領域20に排出される。   As shown in FIGS. 8, 9, and 10, the stage 45 extends in the left-right direction, and an upper stage ball rolling portion that allows the pachinko sphere P passed from the ball introduction portion 46 to roll in the left-right direction. 47 and a pachinko ball P that extends in the left-right direction at a position below the upper ball rolling portion 47 and passes through the ball passage openings 57 and 58 described later from the upper ball rolling portion 47. It has a two-stage configuration including a movable lower ball rolling section 48. Then, the pachinko ball P that has entered the stage 45 is finally discharged to the game area 20 from the front edge (a ball discharge port 59 described later) of the lower ball rolling portion 48.
前記上段球転動部47は、図8に示す如く、全体が下方に突出する凹形状に形成されたものであって、左右方向の中央部に位置する中央転動部分49は上下方向に緩やかに起伏する波形に形成され、該中央転動部分49に接続する左転動部分50は左方に向かうにつれて上方傾斜すると共に、該中央転動部分49に接続する右転動部分51は右方に向かうにつれて上方傾斜するよう形成される。そして、前記球導入部46から通出されるパチンコ球Pは、左転動部分50を中央転動部分49に向けて転動し、該中央転動部分49上のパチンコ球Pは、上下方向に変位しながら左右に転動するようになっている。なお、球導入部46からステージ45に通出されるパチンコ球Pの勢いが強い場合は、パチンコ球Pは中央転動部分49を通過して右転動部分51に至り、該右転動部分51から再び中央転動部分49に転動するよう構成される。実施例の上段球転動部47における中央転動部分49は、上方に突出した凸形状部分(山状の部分)が1箇所設けられると共に、下方に突出した凹形状部分(谷状の部分)を凸形状部分の左右両側部の2箇所に備えた起伏形状に形成される。   As shown in FIG. 8, the upper ball rolling portion 47 is formed in a concave shape that protrudes downward as a whole, and the central rolling portion 49 located at the central portion in the left-right direction is gently moved in the vertical direction. The left rolling part 50 connected to the central rolling part 49 is inclined upward toward the left and the right rolling part 51 connected to the central rolling part 49 is rightward. It forms so that it may incline upward as it goes to. Then, the pachinko sphere P passed out from the sphere introduction part 46 rolls the left rolling part 50 toward the central rolling part 49, and the pachinko sphere P on the central rolling part 49 moves in the vertical direction. It rolls to the left and right while being displaced. In addition, when the momentum of the pachinko sphere P passed from the sphere introduction part 46 to the stage 45 is strong, the pachinko sphere P passes through the central rolling part 49 and reaches the right rolling part 51, and the right rolling part 51. To the central rolling part 49 again. The central rolling portion 47 of the upper ball rolling portion 47 of the embodiment is provided with one convex portion (mountain portion) protruding upward and a concave portion (valley portion) protruding downward. Is formed in an undulating shape provided at two locations on both the left and right sides of the convex portion.
前記枠状装飾部材27には、図8および図9に示す如く、前記上段球転動部47における左右の転動部分50,51の前端縁に沿って上方向に延在する第1前壁部52が設けられ、該第1前壁部52における左右の転動部分50,51から上方に延出する部分で、該転動部分50,51を転動するパチンコ球Pが前方(遊技領域20側)へ移動するのを規制するよう構成される。また、枠状装飾部材27には、上段球転動部47における中央転動部分49の前端縁に沿って上方向に延在する第2前壁部53が設けられ、該第2前壁部53における中央転動部分49から上方に延出する部分で、該中央転動部分49を転動するパチンコ球Pが前方(遊技領域20側)へ移動するのを規制するよう構成される。なお、第2前壁部53の高さ寸法は、第1前壁部52より小さく設定され、後述する第2庇状部64との間に前開口部53aが形成されて、枠状装飾部材27より下方の遊領域領20に位置する遊技釘26等に当って跳ね上がったパチンコ球Pが、上段球転動部47(中央転動部分49)へ入るのを許容し得るようになっている。   As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the frame-shaped decorative member 27 includes a first front wall that extends upward along the front end edges of the left and right rolling portions 50 and 51 in the upper ball rolling portion 47. The pachinko ball P which rolls the rolling parts 50, 51 is provided in the front (game area) in a part extending upward from the left and right rolling parts 50, 51 in the first front wall part 52. 20 side) is configured to be restricted. Further, the frame-shaped decorative member 27 is provided with a second front wall portion 53 extending upward along the front end edge of the central rolling portion 49 in the upper ball rolling portion 47, and the second front wall portion 53, a portion extending upward from the central rolling portion 49 is configured to restrict the pachinko ball P rolling on the central rolling portion 49 from moving forward (to the game area 20 side). The height dimension of the second front wall portion 53 is set to be smaller than that of the first front wall portion 52, and a front opening 53a is formed between the second front wall portion 52 and a second hook-like portion 64, which will be described later. 27, the pachinko ball P jumped up by hitting the game nail 26 and the like located in the play area 20 below 27 can be allowed to enter the upper ball rolling portion 47 (central rolling portion 49). .
前記枠状装飾部材27には、上段球転動部47における左右の転動部分50,51の後端縁に沿って上方向に延在する第1後壁部54が設けられ、該第1後壁部54における左右の転動部分50,51から上方に延出する部分で、該転動部分50,51を転動するパチンコ球Pが遊技盤12の後方(図柄表示装置14の表示部側)へ移動するのを規制するよう構成される。なお、図8に示す如く、上段球転動部47における中央転動部分49の後端縁には上方向に延在する壁部はなく、該中央転動部分49を転動するパチンコ球Pの後方への移動を許容するよう構成されている。   The frame-shaped decorative member 27 is provided with a first rear wall portion 54 that extends upward along the rear end edges of the left and right rolling portions 50 and 51 in the upper ball rolling portion 47. The pachinko ball P rolling on the rolling portions 50 and 51 is a portion extending upward from the left and right rolling portions 50 and 51 in the rear wall portion 54, behind the game board 12 (the display portion of the symbol display device 14). Configured to restrict movement to the side). As shown in FIG. 8, the rear end edge of the central rolling portion 49 in the upper ball rolling portion 47 has no wall portion extending upward, and the pachinko sphere P rolling on the central rolling portion 49. It is comprised so that the movement to the back of may be permitted.
前記下段球転動部48は、図8、図10に示す如く、上段球転動部47の真下に位置する前転動部分48aと、該前転動部分48aの後端縁に連続するよう形成されて上段球転動部47より後側に変位して位置する後転動部分48bとを備える。前記枠状装飾部材27には、後転動部分48bの左右の端縁に沿って上方向に延在する側壁部55,55が設けられると共に、後転動部分48bの後端縁に沿って上方向に延在する第2後壁部(仕切板)56が、両側壁部55,55間に亘って設けられている。そして、両側壁部55,55および第2後壁部56における後転動部分48bから上方に延出する部分で、該後転動部分48bを転動するパチンコ球Pが遊技盤12の後方(図柄表示装置14の表示部側)へ移動するのを規制するよう構成される。また両側壁部55,55は、前記第1後壁部54,54における対応する中央側の端縁に夫々接続しており、ステージ45上を転動するパチンコ球Pが遊技盤12の後方へ移動するのを、これら壁部54,54,55,55,56で規制している。なお、第2後壁部56は、透明(光透過性)な合成樹脂材から形成されて、前記設置部材36に配設された後述する第4発光装置41での発光により浮かび上がる図柄107a,108aやその他の発光演出を、該第2後壁部56を透して前側から視認可能に構成される。実施例では、ステージ45上のパチンコ球Pの前方および後方への移動を規制する全ての壁部52,53,54,54,55,55,56が、透明(光透過性)な合成樹脂材から形成されている。   As shown in FIGS. 8 and 10, the lower ball rolling portion 48 is continuous with the front rolling portion 48a located immediately below the upper ball rolling portion 47 and the rear edge of the front rolling portion 48a. And a rear rolling portion 48b that is formed and displaced rearward from the upper ball rolling portion 47. The frame-shaped decorative member 27 is provided with side wall portions 55, 55 extending upward along the left and right edges of the rear rolling portion 48b, and along the rear edge of the rear rolling portion 48b. A second rear wall portion (partition plate) 56 extending upward is provided between the side wall portions 55 and 55. The pachinko balls P rolling on the rear rolling portion 48b in the portions extending upward from the rear rolling portion 48b in the side wall portions 55, 55 and the second rear wall portion 56 are located behind the game board 12 ( It is configured to restrict movement to the display unit side) of the symbol display device 14. The side wall portions 55 and 55 are respectively connected to the corresponding center side edges of the first rear wall portions 54 and 54, and the pachinko balls P rolling on the stage 45 are moved to the rear of the game board 12. The movement is restricted by these wall portions 54, 54, 55, 55 and 56. The second rear wall portion 56 is formed of a transparent (light transmissive) synthetic resin material, and the pattern 107a, which emerges by light emission from a fourth light emitting device 41 (described later) disposed on the installation member 36, 108a and other light-emitting effects are configured to be visible from the front side through the second rear wall portion 56. In the embodiment, all the wall portions 52, 53, 54, 54, 55, 55, 56 that restrict the forward and backward movement of the pachinko spheres P on the stage 45 are transparent (light transmissive) synthetic resin materials. Formed from.
前記第2後壁部56は、図32に示す如く、前記上段球転動部47(中央転動部分49)より上方に延在すると共に、該延在部分における左右方向の中央に、図8に示す如く、左右方向に離間する一対の画壁56a,56aが前方に向けて延出するよう形成される。両画壁56a,56aは、前端が上段球転動部47における中央転動部分49の後端縁に接続すると共に、両画壁56a,56a間に画成された第1の球通過口57を、中央転動部分49の奥側で開口するよう構成される。第1の球通過口57は、1個のパチンコ球Pが通過可能な幅寸法に設定されると共に、該第1の球通過口57は、中央転動部分49における凸形状部分の頂部に対応する上方位置で開口し、中央転動部分49を転動するパチンコ球Pが第1の球通過口57に通入可能に構成される。なお、中央転動部分49における凸形状部分には、後方(第1の球通過口57)に向けて下方傾斜する傾斜凹部49aが形成され、中央転動部分49を左右方向に転動するパチンコ球Pの勢いが弱まって傾斜凹部49aに到来した際には、該傾斜凹部49aによって該パチンコ球Pが第1の球通過口57に案内されるようになっている。また中央転動部分49の奥側において、前記第1の球通過口57の左右両側には、左側の画壁56aと左側の側壁部55との間、および右側の画壁56aと右側の側壁部55との間に第2の球通過口58が夫々形成されており、中央転動部分49上のパチンコ球Pは、第1の球通過口57および2つの第2の球通過口58,58の何れかを通って下段球転動部48に移動するよう構成される。   As shown in FIG. 32, the second rear wall portion 56 extends upward from the upper ball rolling portion 47 (center rolling portion 49), and at the center of the extending portion in the left-right direction, as shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 2, a pair of image walls 56a, 56a that are spaced apart in the left-right direction are formed to extend forward. The two wall surfaces 56a, 56a are connected at their front ends to the rear end edge of the central rolling portion 49 of the upper ball rolling portion 47, and a first ball passage port 57 defined between the two wall surfaces 56a, 56a. Is configured to open at the back side of the central rolling portion 49. The first ball passage port 57 is set to a width dimension through which one pachinko ball P can pass, and the first ball passage port 57 corresponds to the top of the convex portion of the central rolling portion 49. The pachinko ball P that opens at an upper position and rolls around the central rolling portion 49 is configured to be able to enter the first ball passage port 57. The convex portion of the central rolling portion 49 is formed with an inclined concave portion 49a that is inclined downward toward the rear (first ball passage opening 57), and the pachinko that rolls the central rolling portion 49 in the left-right direction. When the momentum of the sphere P weakens and arrives at the inclined recess 49a, the pachinko ball P is guided to the first sphere passage port 57 by the inclined recess 49a. Further, on the back side of the central rolling portion 49, on both the left and right sides of the first ball passage port 57, the space between the left drawing wall 56a and the left side wall portion 55 and the right drawing wall 56a and the right side wall are provided. A second ball passage opening 58 is formed between each portion 55 and the pachinko sphere P on the central rolling portion 49 is connected to the first ball passage opening 57 and the two second ball passage openings 58, 58. It is configured to move to the lower ball rolling part 48 through any of 58.
前記両画壁56a,56a間には、図8に示す如く、前端から所定長さだけ後方の位置に、上下方向に延在する後画壁56bが設けられると共に、該後画壁56bの前面には、前端面が上方から下方に向かうにつれて後方傾斜する案内リブ56cが設けられる。すなわち、前記中央転動部分49から第1の球通過口57に通入したパチンコ球Pは、案内リブ56cによって下方に向けて案内されるようになっている。なお、両画壁56a,56aの下端は、前記後転動部分48bの上面との間にパチンコ球Pが移動可能な隙間をあけて位置して、両画壁56a,56aの下方において後転動部分48bをパチンコ球Pが左右方向に転動するのを許容するよう構成される。また実施例では、前記第1の球通過口57に通入して案内リブ56cで案内されるパチンコ球Pは、前記下段球転動部48における前後の転動部分48a,48bの境界位置に落下するようになっている。   As shown in FIG. 8, a rear image wall 56b extending in the vertical direction is provided between the two image walls 56a and 56a at a position rearward from the front end by a predetermined length, and the front surface of the rear image wall 56b. Is provided with a guide rib 56c that inclines backward as the front end surface is directed downward from above. That is, the pachinko ball P that has passed through the first rolling passage 49 from the central rolling portion 49 is guided downward by the guide rib 56c. Note that the lower ends of both the painting walls 56a and 56a are positioned with a gap through which the pachinko ball P can move between the upper surface of the rear rolling portion 48b, and the rear rolling is performed below the painting walls 56a and 56a. The moving portion 48b is configured to allow the pachinko ball P to roll in the left-right direction. In the embodiment, the pachinko sphere P that passes through the first ball passage port 57 and is guided by the guide rib 56c is located at the boundary position between the front and rear rolling portions 48a and 48b of the lower ball rolling portion 48. It comes to fall.
前記下段球転動部48における前転動部分48aは、左右方向の幅寸法が、パチンコ球Pの複数個分の広さ(実施例では3個分以上の広さ)に設定されると共に、該前転動部分48aの前縁には、図8および図10に示す如く、前転動部分48aの幅寸法で前後に開口する球排出口59が形成され、前転動部分48aを前側に向けて転動する全てのパチンコ球Pが球排出口59から遊技領域20に排出されるよう構成される。なお、前転動部分48aは、球排出口59に向けて下方傾斜している。また、前転動部分48aにおける左右方向の中央であって、前記第1の球通過口57の下方に臨む位置に、左右方向に離間する一対の突条60a,60aを前後方向に延在するよう形成して構成された球排出経路部60が設けられている。この球排出経路部60は、一対の突条60a,60aが略球1個分の幅で離間して、1個のパチンコ球Pを球排出口59まで案内し得るよう構成される。また、前転動部分48aの上方に対向する壁(上段球転動部47の底面)と突条60aの上端との離間寸法は、パチンコ球Pの直径より大きく設定されてパチンコ球Pが該突条60aが越えることが可能に構成されて、球排出経路部60と、該球排出経路部60の左右両側の前転動部分48aとの間でのパチンコ球Pの移動を許容し得るようになっている。   The front rolling portion 48a of the lower ball rolling portion 48 has a width dimension in the left-right direction set to a width corresponding to a plurality of pachinko balls P (in the embodiment, a width equal to or more than three), As shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 10, a ball discharge port 59 that opens back and forth with the width dimension of the front rolling portion 48a is formed at the front edge of the front rolling portion 48a. All pachinko balls P rolling toward the game area 20 are discharged from the ball discharge port 59 to the game area 20. The front rolling portion 48 a is inclined downward toward the ball discharge port 59. Further, a pair of protrusions 60a, 60a that are separated in the left-right direction extend in the front-rear direction at a position that faces the lower side of the first ball passage opening 57 at the center in the left-right direction of the front rolling portion 48a. A ball discharge path portion 60 formed and configured as described above is provided. The ball discharge path 60 is configured such that a pair of protrusions 60 a and 60 a are separated by a width of approximately one sphere and can guide one pachinko ball P to the ball discharge port 59. Further, the separation distance between the wall facing the upper part of the front rolling portion 48a (the bottom surface of the upper ball rolling portion 47) and the upper end of the protrusion 60a is set larger than the diameter of the pachinko ball P, and the pachinko ball P The protrusion 60a is configured to be able to cross, so that the pachinko ball P can be allowed to move between the ball discharge path portion 60 and the front rolling portions 48a on both the left and right sides of the ball discharge path portion 60. It has become.
ここで、前記球排出経路部60における球排出口59に臨む前端(下流端)は、前記始動入賞装置28に設けた第1始動入賞口28aの鉛直上方に位置して(図2、図10参照)、球排出経路部60で案内されて球排出口59から排出されるパチンコ球Pは、第1始動入賞口28aに入賞し易くなっている。これに対し、球排出経路部60を挟んで左右両側に位置する前転動部分48aにおける球排出口59に臨む前端(下流端)は、第1始動入賞口28aに対して左右に偏倚して位置しており、球排出経路部60を挟んで左右両側の前転動部分48aを転動して球排出口59から排出されるパチンコ球Pは、第1始動入賞口28aに入賞し難くなっている。   Here, the front end (downstream end) facing the ball discharge port 59 in the ball discharge path portion 60 is located vertically above the first start winning port 28a provided in the start winning device 28 (FIGS. 2 and 10). The pachinko ball P guided by the ball discharge path 60 and discharged from the ball discharge port 59 is easy to win the first start winning port 28a. On the other hand, the front end (downstream end) facing the ball discharge port 59 in the front rolling portion 48a located on both the left and right sides with the ball discharge path 60 interposed therebetween is biased to the left and right with respect to the first start winning award port 28a. The pachinko ball P that is positioned and rolls on the left and right front rolling portions 48a across the ball discharge path portion 60 and is discharged from the ball discharge port 59 is difficult to win the first start winning port 28a. ing.
前記後転動部分48bの左右方向の幅寸法は、図10に示す如く、前記前転動部分48aより広く設定されると共に、該後転動部分48bは、全体が下方に突出する弧状に形成されている。また後転動部分48bには、左右方向の中央位置に、前側に向けて下方傾斜する中央傾斜凹部61aが形成されると共に、該中央傾斜凹部61aの左右両側に、前側に向けて下方傾斜する側部傾斜凹部61b,61bが形成されている。中央傾斜凹部61aの前端は、前記球排出経路部60の後端に接続し、該中央傾斜凹部61aを前側に向けて転動するパチンコ球Pは、球排出経路部60に入り易くなっている。これに対し、各側部傾斜凹部61bの前端は、前転動部分48aにおける球排出経路部60の左側または右側の部位の後端に接続し、該側部傾斜凹部61bを前側に向けて転動するパチンコ球Pは、球排出経路部60に入り難くなっている。   As shown in FIG. 10, the width dimension of the rear rolling portion 48b in the left-right direction is set wider than the front rolling portion 48a, and the rear rolling portion 48b is formed in an arc shape that protrudes downward. Has been. The rear rolling portion 48b is formed with a central inclined recess 61a inclined downward toward the front side at a central position in the left-right direction, and inclined downward toward the front side on both the left and right sides of the central inclined recess 61a. Side inclined concave portions 61b and 61b are formed. The front end of the central inclined recess 61 a is connected to the rear end of the ball discharge path portion 60, and the pachinko ball P that rolls the central inclined recess 61 a toward the front side easily enters the ball discharge path portion 60. . On the other hand, the front end of each side inclined recess 61b is connected to the rear end of the left or right part of the ball discharge path portion 60 in the front rolling portion 48a, and the side inclined recess 61b rolls toward the front. The moving pachinko ball P is difficult to enter the ball discharge path portion 60.
前記中央傾斜凹部61aおよび2つの側部傾斜凹部61b,61bの後端は、前記第2後壁部56から所定長さ前側に位置するよう設定されて、これら凹部61a,61b,61bの後側の後転動部分48bをパチンコ球Pが凹部61a,61b,61bに入り込むことなく左右方向に転動可能に構成される。すなわち、前記上段球転動部47から後転動部分48bに移動したパチンコ球Pは、中央傾斜凹部61aから球排出経路部60に入り得るようになっている。後転動部分48bは、前記3つの傾斜凹部61a,61b,61bを形成することで、上下の起伏が左右方向で繰り返すようになっており、該後転動部分48bを左右方向に転動するパチンコ球Pは上下方向にも変位する。また、中央傾斜凹部61aおよび2つの側部傾斜凹部61b,61bは、何れも後端から前端に向かうにつれて深さが大きくなり、各前端の底部分が前記前転動部分48aの後端より僅かに高い位置に位置するよう設定されている。なお、中央傾斜凹部61aと各側部傾斜凹部61bとの間における上方に突出した凸形状部分(山状の部分)の前端は、前記球排出経路部60の各突条60aの後端に対応して位置すると共に、該凸形状部分の頂部は突条60aより高に位置に位置している。このように構成することで、各側部傾斜凹部61bに入ったパチンコ球Pが凸形状部分を越える勢いがあれば、球排出経路部60へ入ることは可能になっている。   The rear ends of the central inclined recess 61a and the two side inclined recesses 61b and 61b are set to be located a predetermined length ahead from the second rear wall portion 56, and the rear sides of these recesses 61a, 61b and 61b. The rear rolling portion 48b is configured such that the pachinko balls P can roll in the left-right direction without entering the recesses 61a, 61b, 61b. That is, the pachinko ball P moved from the upper ball rolling portion 47 to the rear rolling portion 48b can enter the ball discharge path portion 60 from the central inclined recess 61a. The rear rolling portion 48b is formed such that the up and down undulations repeat in the left and right directions by forming the three inclined concave portions 61a, 61b and 61b, and the rear rolling portion 48b rolls in the left and right directions. The pachinko sphere P is also displaced in the vertical direction. The central inclined recess 61a and the two side inclined recesses 61b and 61b both increase in depth from the rear end toward the front end, and the bottom portion of each front end is slightly smaller than the rear end of the front rolling portion 48a. It is set to be located at a high position. The front end of the convex portion (mountain portion) protruding upward between the central inclined recess 61a and each side inclined recess 61b corresponds to the rear end of each protrusion 60a of the ball discharge path portion 60. And the top of the convex portion is located higher than the protrusion 60a. With this configuration, if the pachinko sphere P that has entered each side inclined recess 61b has a momentum that exceeds the convex portion, it can enter the ball discharge path 60.
図8および図9に示す如く、前記上段球転動部47における中央転動部分49の各凹形状部分に対応する後端縁に、後方に向けて延在する張出し部62が夫々形成されている。左側の張出し部62の上面には、中央転動部分49から張出し部62に移動したパチンコ球Pを左方に案内する案内片62aが突設されると共に、右側の張出し部62の上面には、中央転動部分49から張出し部62に移動したパチンコ球Pを右方に案内する案内片62aが突設される。すなわち、中央転動部分49から各張出し部62に移動したパチンコ球Pは、対応する案内片62aによって前記下段球転動部48の後転動部分48bにおける左右方向の端部側に向けて案内されるようになっている。なお、前記画壁56a,56aと張出し部62,62との間の第2の球通過口58を通過したパチンコ球Pは、前記側部傾斜凹部61b上に落下するよう設定されている。   As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, overhanging portions 62 extending rearward are formed on the rear end edges corresponding to the concave-shaped portions of the central rolling portion 49 in the upper ball rolling portion 47, respectively. Yes. On the upper surface of the left overhanging portion 62, a guide piece 62a for guiding the pachinko ball P moved from the central rolling portion 49 to the overhanging portion 62 to the left is projected, and on the upper surface of the right overhanging portion 62, A guide piece 62a for guiding the pachinko ball P moved from the central rolling portion 49 to the overhanging portion 62 to the right is projected. That is, the pachinko balls P that have moved from the central rolling portion 49 to the respective overhang portions 62 are guided toward the left and right end portions of the rear rolling portion 48b of the lower ball rolling portion 48 by the corresponding guide pieces 62a. It has come to be. The pachinko ball P that has passed through the second ball passage opening 58 between the drawing walls 56a, 56a and the overhang portions 62, 62 is set to fall on the side inclined recess 61b.
(庇状部63,64について)
前記第1後壁部54の上端縁に、前方に向けて延在する透明な第1庇状部63が設けられている。また、前記第2後壁部56の上端縁に、前方に向けて延在する透明な第2庇状部(庇状部)64が設けられている。第2庇状部64は、図6に示す如く、上庇状部分64aと、該上庇状部分64aの左右両端に連設された側庇状部分64b,64bとから下向きの略コ字状に形成されて、各側庇状部分64bに前記側壁部55および第1庇状部63が連設されている。上庇状部分64aに対して左右の側庇状部分64b,64bは、下方に向かうにつれて外方に傾斜するよう連設される。また上庇状部分64aは、図31、図32に示す如く、第2後壁部56から前側に向かうにつれてステージ45(上段球転動部47)から離間するように上方傾斜し、左右の両側庇状部分64b,64bは、上庇状部分64aが傾斜するのに合わせて第2後壁部56から前側に向かうにつれて相互に離間する方向に傾斜するよう構成される。なお、前記左右の側壁部55,55についても、第2後壁部56から前側に向かうにつれて相互に離間する方向に傾斜するよう構成されている。すなわち、第2後壁部56の前側において左右の側壁部55,55および第2庇状部64とで画成される空間が、第2後壁部56から前側に向かうにつれて上方および左右方向に広がり、前側からの第2後壁部56の視認性が向上するよう構成されている。
(About bowl-shaped parts 63 and 64)
A transparent first hook-like portion 63 extending forward is provided at the upper end edge of the first rear wall portion 54. Further, a transparent second hook-like portion (hook-like portion) 64 extending forward is provided at the upper end edge of the second rear wall portion 56. As shown in FIG. 6, the second hook-shaped portion 64 has a substantially U-shaped downward shape from an upper hook-shaped portion 64a and side hook-shaped portions 64b and 64b provided on both left and right ends of the upper hook-shaped portion 64a. The side wall 55 and the first hook 63 are connected to each side hook 64b. The left and right side hook-like parts 64b and 64b are connected to the upper hook-like part 64a so as to be inclined outward as it goes downward. Further, as shown in FIGS. 31 and 32, the upper hook-shaped portion 64a is inclined upward so as to be separated from the stage 45 (upper ball rolling portion 47) toward the front side from the second rear wall portion 56. The saddle-like portions 64b and 64b are configured to incline in directions away from each other as they move from the second rear wall portion 56 toward the front side as the upper saddle-like portion 64a inclines. The left and right side wall portions 55, 55 are also configured to incline in directions away from each other as they go from the second rear wall portion 56 to the front side. That is, the space defined by the left and right side wall portions 55, 55 and the second hook-shaped portion 64 on the front side of the second rear wall portion 56 is upward and leftward and rightward from the second rear wall portion 56 toward the front side. It spreads and it is comprised so that the visibility of the 2nd rear wall part 56 from the front side may improve.
前記第1庇状部63および第2庇状部64の前端部は同一位置に位置すると共に、該前端部は、図31、図32に示す如く、前記透視保護板15aの裏面に近接するよう位置決めされている。第1庇状部63および第2庇状部64の前端部と透視保護板15aとの隙間は、パチンコ球Pの直径より小さく設定されており、遊技領域20を流下するパチンコ球Pが、前記枠状装飾部材27の窓口27aから後方へ移動するのを両庇状部63,64で確実に防止するよう構成されている。   The front end portions of the first hook-like portion 63 and the second hook-like portion 64 are located at the same position, and the front end portions are close to the back surface of the fluoroscopy protection plate 15a as shown in FIGS. It is positioned. The clearance between the front end portions of the first hook-like portion 63 and the second hook-like portion 64 and the fluoroscopic protection plate 15a is set to be smaller than the diameter of the pachinko ball P, and the pachinko ball P flowing down the game area 20 is The frame-shaped decorative member 27 is configured to surely prevent the frame-shaped decorative member 27 from moving backward from the window 27a with both hook-shaped portions 63 and 64.
(庇部44について)
前記枠状装飾部材27の庇部44は、枠状装飾部材27(固定板42)の左側縁の中間位置から上縁および右下縁に亘って連続して延在するよう設けられており、図柄表示装置14の前面側を横切ってパチンコ球Pが流下(落下)するのを規制している。また庇部44は、最上部位置から左右方向に下方傾斜するよう形成されて、遊技領域20に打ち出されたパチンコ球Pが庇部44上で滞ることなく前記枠状装飾部材27の左側方または右側方へ誘導案内されるよう形成されている。以下の説明では、前記庇部44について、図6に示す如く、前記枠状装飾部材27の最上部から左側縁に沿って下方傾斜するよう延在する部分を左傾斜庇部分65と指称し、該枠状装飾部材27の最上部から右側縁に沿って下方傾斜するよう延在する部分を右傾斜庇部分66と指称して便宜上区別することもある。
(About buttock 44)
The flange portion 44 of the frame-shaped decorative member 27 is provided so as to continuously extend from the middle position of the left edge of the frame-shaped decorative member 27 (fixed plate 42) to the upper edge and the lower right edge. The pachinko ball P is restricted from flowing down (falling) across the front side of the symbol display device 14. In addition, the heel portion 44 is formed so as to be inclined downward in the left-right direction from the uppermost position, and the pachinko ball P launched into the game area 20 does not stagnate on the heel portion 44 or on the left side of the frame-shaped decorative member 27 or It is formed to be guided to the right. In the following description, as shown in FIG. 6, the part extending from the uppermost part of the frame-shaped decorative member 27 so as to incline downward along the left edge is referred to as a left inclined collar part 65. A portion extending from the uppermost portion of the frame-shaped decorative member 27 so as to incline downward along the right edge may be referred to as a right inclined collar portion 66 and may be distinguished for convenience.
すなわち、前記遊技盤12に画成された遊技領域20には、前記枠状装飾部材27の左側方をパチンコ球Pが流下する第1経路(第1球流下経路)20a、および該枠状装飾部材27の右側方をパチンコ球Pが流下する第2経路20bが設けられており、前記庇部44の左傾斜庇部分65に到来したパチンコ球Pが第1経路20aを流下し、該庇部44の右傾斜庇部分66に到来したパチンコ球Pが第2経路20bを流下するようになっている。換言すると、前記打球発射装置により遊技領域20内に発射されたパチンコ球Pは、到達位置に応じて前記枠状装飾部材27およびレール部材23(内レール22,23)の間に形成される第1経路20aか、或いは枠状装飾部材27および盤面飾り部材22(内レール22,23)の間に形成される第2経路20bの何れかを流下する。   That is, in the game area 20 defined on the game board 12, the first path (first ball flow path) 20a through which the pachinko balls P flow down the left side of the frame-shaped decorative member 27, and the frame-shaped decoration. A second path 20b through which the pachinko sphere P flows down on the right side of the member 27 is provided, and the pachinko sphere P that has arrived at the left inclined heel portion 65 of the flange 44 flows down the first path 20a, and the flange The pachinko sphere P that has arrived at the right inclined heel portion 66 of the 44 flows down the second path 20b. In other words, the pachinko ball P launched into the game area 20 by the hitting ball launching device is formed between the frame-shaped decorative member 27 and the rail member 23 (inner rails 22, 23) according to the reaching position. Either the first path 20a or the second path 20b formed between the frame-shaped decorative member 27 and the panel decoration member 22 (inner rails 22, 23) flows down.
(右傾斜庇部分66について)
前記右傾斜庇部分66は、図11に示す如く、前記外レール21と盤面飾り部材22との接続位置に対応する位置を始端として枠状装飾部材27の上下方向の略中間位置までに亘って略一定の曲率で湾曲するように延在する上部庇部分66aと、該上部庇部分66aの下端に接続されて所定長さに亘り枠状装飾部材27の窓口27a側に凹むように形成された中部庇部分66bと、該中部庇部分66bの下端に接続されて前記始動入賞装置28側に向けて略直線状に下方傾斜する下部庇部分66cとを備える。
(Regarding the right slope ridge 66)
As shown in FIG. 11, the right inclined collar portion 66 extends from the position corresponding to the connection position between the outer rail 21 and the panel surface decoration member 22 to a substantially intermediate position in the vertical direction of the frame-shaped decoration member 27. An upper collar portion 66a extending so as to curve with a substantially constant curvature, and connected to the lower end of the upper collar portion 66a so as to be recessed toward the window 27a side of the frame-shaped decorative member 27 for a predetermined length. An intermediate heel portion 66b and a lower heel portion 66c that is connected to the lower end of the middle heel portion 66b and inclines downward substantially linearly toward the start winning device 28 side.
(第1の減勢部67について)
図6に示すように、前記右傾斜庇部分66における上部庇部分66aの外周面には、前後方向へ延在する突条の第1の減勢部(減勢部)67が外方(第2経路20b側)へ突出するよう複数箇所(実施例では2箇所)に形成されている。また、前記外レール21と盤面飾り部材22との接続位置より下側において前記第2経路20bを形成する前記枠状装飾部材27(上部庇部分66a)と盤面飾り部材22との間は、パチンコ球1個分の幅寸法より大きく、かつパチンコ球2個分の幅寸法より小さな幅寸設に設定されている。第2経路20bにおいて、幅寸法がパチンコ球1個分の幅寸法より大きく、かつパチンコ球2個分の幅寸法より小さな幅寸設に設定された領域について、減勢経路部(第2球流下経路)20cと指称して区別する場合もある。すなわち、前記特定条件成立時に第2経路20bへ打ち出されたパチンコ球Pが、前記上部庇部分66aに沿って減勢経路部20cを転動した際に、前記第1の減勢部67に接触することで減勢されるよう構成してある。
(Regarding the first reducing portion 67)
As shown in FIG. 6, on the outer peripheral surface of the upper collar portion 66a in the right inclined collar portion 66, a first depressing portion (depressing portion) 67 of a ridge extending in the front-rear direction is outward (first). It is formed at a plurality of locations (two locations in the embodiment) so as to project to the two paths 20b side. Further, between the frame-shaped decorative member 27 (upper collar portion 66a) forming the second path 20b below the connection position between the outer rail 21 and the panel surface decorative member 22 and the panel surface decorative member 22, there is a pachinko. The width is set to be larger than the width of one sphere and smaller than the width of two pachinko balls. In the second path 20b, a region where the width dimension is set to be larger than the width dimension of one pachinko sphere and smaller than the width dimension of two pachinko spheres, the de-energization path section (second sphere flow down) Route) 20c, and may be distinguished. That is, when the pachinko ball P launched into the second path 20b when the specific condition is satisfied rolls along the upper saddle portion 66a along the depressing path portion 20c, the pachinko ball P contacts the first depressing portion 67. By doing so, it is configured to be de-energized.
また、前記第1の減勢部67は、図6および図11に示す如く、外方(第2経路20b)に向けて三角形状に突出するリブからなり、上部庇部分66aの外周面から該第1の減勢部67の第2経路20b(減勢経路部20c)側の突出端までの突出寸法は、パチンコ球Pの半分の幅寸法(パチンコ球Pの半径)より小さく設定される。すなわち、第1の減勢部67の前記突出寸法をパチンコ球Pの半分の幅寸法より大きくすると、上部庇部分66aに沿って転動するパチンコ球Pが第1の減勢部67に接触した際に勢いが大きく減勢されてしまい、第2経路20b(減勢経路部20c)でのパチンコ球Pの流れが滞るおそれがある。従って、第1の減勢部67の突出寸法をパチンコ球Pの半分の幅寸法より小さく設定することで、第2経路20b(減勢経路部20c)でのパチンコ球Pの流れを滞らせることなく、該パチンコ球Pの勢いを適度に減勢し得るようになっている。   Further, as shown in FIGS. 6 and 11, the first depressing portion 67 is formed of a rib protruding in a triangular shape toward the outside (the second path 20b), and is formed from the outer peripheral surface of the upper flange portion 66a. The projecting dimension of the first depressing portion 67 to the projecting end on the second path 20b (depressing path section 20c) side is set to be smaller than the half width dimension of the pachinko ball P (the radius of the pachinko ball P). That is, when the projecting dimension of the first reducing portion 67 is made larger than the half width of the pachinko ball P, the pachinko ball P rolling along the upper flange portion 66a comes into contact with the first reducing portion 67. At that time, the momentum is greatly reduced, and the flow of the pachinko spheres P in the second path 20b (the reduced path part 20c) may be delayed. Therefore, the flow of the pachinko sphere P in the second path 20b (the depressing path part 20c) is delayed by setting the projecting dimension of the first depressing part 67 to be smaller than the half width of the pachinko sphere P. In addition, the momentum of the pachinko sphere P can be moderately reduced.
(第2の減勢部75および第3の減勢部69について)
前記中部庇部分66bは、実施例では、枠状装飾部材27における庇部44および固定板42を一部切欠き、該切欠き部に装飾品を兼ねる庇部品68を嵌め合わせた状態で枠状装飾部材27に複数箇所でネジ止めすることで構成されている。この庇部品68は、図12〜図15に示す如く、前記上部庇部分66aの下端に連設する第3の減勢部として機能する案内壁69と、該案内壁69の下端から枠状装飾部材27の窓口27a側に向けて延在する上壁70および該上壁70の左端から下方に向けて延在して前記下部庇部分66cに接続する側壁71とを備える。また、庇部品68における案内壁69の後端には、第2経路20b側に延在する固定部72が一体に設けられ、該固定部72は遊技盤12にネジ止め固定される。なお、庇部品68の固定部72は、枠状装飾部材27の切欠かれた固定板42の下端に連続するように位置すると共に、該固定部72および固定板42の前面は面一となっており、固定板42と固定部72との間で段差が生じないよう構成される。
(About the 2nd reduction part 75 and the 3rd reduction part 69)
In the embodiment, the middle collar part 66b is partly cut out of the collar part 44 and the fixing plate 42 in the frame-shaped decorative member 27, and the collar part 68 serving also as a decorative article is fitted into the notch part. The decorative member 27 is configured to be screwed at a plurality of locations. As shown in FIGS. 12 to 15, the eaves part 68 includes a guide wall 69 functioning as a third depressing portion connected to the lower end of the upper eaves portion 66 a, and a frame-like decoration from the lower end of the guide wall 69. An upper wall 70 extending toward the window 27a side of the member 27, and a side wall 71 extending downward from the left end of the upper wall 70 and connecting to the lower flange portion 66c are provided. Further, a fixing portion 72 extending toward the second path 20 b is integrally provided at the rear end of the guide wall 69 in the saddle component 68, and the fixing portion 72 is fixed to the game board 12 with screws. The fixing part 72 of the saddle member 68 is located so as to be continuous with the lower end of the fixing plate 42 where the frame-shaped decorative member 27 is cut out, and the front surfaces of the fixing part 72 and the fixing plate 42 are flush with each other. Thus, a step is not formed between the fixed plate 42 and the fixed portion 72.
前記庇部品68における案内壁69の第2経路20bに臨む外面は、上部庇部分66aの外周面から前記窓口27a側に変位した位置で上下方向に延在している。また庇部品68には、案内壁69との間に上下方向に開口する通路73を画成する通路形成部材74が取付けられている。この通路形成部材74は、図13、図15に示す如く、案内壁69から右方に離間して対向する第2の減勢部として機能する側壁部75と、該側壁部75の前端から案内壁69側に向けて前記固定部72と平行に延在する取付部76とを備える。また、取付部76の延出端部に、後方に向けて延出する固定用突部76aが突設されると共に、側壁部75の後端に位置決めピン75aが突設されている。一方、庇部品68には、案内壁69の左側(窓口27a側)に、前方に開口する凹部68aが形成されると共に、該凹部68aの底部(後端部)にネジ用通孔68bが形成されている。また、前記固定部72の右端部に位置決め孔72aが形成されると共に、該位置決め孔72aを挟む上下両側にネジ用通孔72bが夫々形成されている。そして、固定用突部76aを凹部68aに嵌挿すると共に、位置決めピン75aを位置決め孔72aに嵌挿したもとで、各ネジ用通孔68b,72bに挿通したネジを対応する固定用突部76aおよび側壁部75に形成したネジ孔に螺挿することで、案内壁69、固定部72、側壁部75および取付部76によって上下方向に開口する通路73を画成した状態で、庇部品68に通路形成部材74が位置決め固定される。案内壁69と側壁部75との間に画成される通路73の幅は、パチンコ球Pの通過を許容する球1個分の寸法(実際には球1個分より僅かに大きく、パチンコ球Pのスムーズな通過を許容する寸法)に設定され、前記上部庇状部66aを転動してくるパチンコ球Pが該通路73を通過して下側に移動するよう構成される。   The outer surface facing the second path 20b of the guide wall 69 in the flange part 68 extends in the vertical direction at a position displaced from the outer peripheral surface of the upper flange portion 66a toward the window 27a. In addition, a passage forming member 74 that defines a passage 73 that opens in the vertical direction is attached to the saddle member 68 between the guide wall 69. As shown in FIGS. 13 and 15, the passage forming member 74 is guided from a side wall portion 75 functioning as a second depressing portion spaced apart from the guide wall 69 to the right and facing from the front end of the side wall portion 75. An attachment portion 76 extending in parallel with the fixed portion 72 toward the wall 69 side is provided. In addition, a fixing projection 76 a that extends rearward is provided at the extension end of the mounting portion 76, and a positioning pin 75 a is provided at the rear end of the side wall 75. On the other hand, in the flange part 68, a recess 68a that opens forward is formed on the left side (window 27a side) of the guide wall 69, and a screw hole 68b is formed in the bottom (rear end) of the recess 68a. Has been. A positioning hole 72a is formed at the right end of the fixed portion 72, and screw through holes 72b are formed on both the upper and lower sides sandwiching the positioning hole 72a. The fixing protrusions 76a are inserted into the recesses 68a, and the fixing protrusions 76a corresponding to the screws inserted into the screw through holes 68b and 72b with the positioning pins 75a inserted into the positioning holes 72a, and By screwing into a screw hole formed in the side wall portion 75, a passage 73 that opens in the vertical direction is defined by the guide wall 69, the fixing portion 72, the side wall portion 75, and the attachment portion 76. The forming member 74 is positioned and fixed. The width of the passage 73 defined between the guide wall 69 and the side wall 75 is the size of one sphere that allows the pachinko sphere P to pass (actually slightly larger than one sphere, The pachinko ball P rolling on the upper bowl-shaped portion 66a passes through the passage 73 and moves downward.
前記通路形成部材74を固定した庇部品68を枠状装飾部材27に配設した状態で、通路形成部材74の側壁部75は、上部庇部分66aの外周面に沿って転動してくるパチンコ球Pの流下経路上に位置し、該上部庇部分66aの外周面に沿って転動してくるパチンコ球Pは側壁部75に接触して流下方向が庇部品68の案内壁69に向けて変更させられるようになっている。すなわち、側壁部75に接触したパチンコ球Pは、案内壁69に接触して通路73を通過するよう構成される。前記側壁部75の上端面は、前記盤面飾り部材22側から案内壁69側に向けて下方傾斜するよう形成されて、該側壁部75の上端面に接触したパチンコ球Pがスムーズに案内壁69に向けて変位されるようにしてある。なお、実施例では庇部品68および通路形成部材74を別体で形成して枠状装飾部材27に配設したが、該庇部品68および通路形成部材74を枠状装飾部材27に一体形成してもよい。また実施例では、前記案内壁69と側壁部75との間に画成される通路73の下端までが前記減勢経路部20cとして設定され、該減勢経路部20cの下流端部に第2の減勢部である側壁部75および第3の減勢部である案内壁69が位置している。   In a state in which the flange part 68 to which the passage forming member 74 is fixed is disposed on the frame-shaped decorative member 27, the side wall portion 75 of the passage forming member 74 rolls along the outer peripheral surface of the upper flange portion 66a. The pachinko ball P, which is located on the flow path of the sphere P and rolls along the outer peripheral surface of the upper heel portion 66a, comes into contact with the side wall 75 and the flow direction is directed toward the guide wall 69 of the heel component 68. It can be changed. That is, the pachinko sphere P that has come into contact with the side wall 75 is configured to pass through the passage 73 in contact with the guide wall 69. The upper end surface of the side wall portion 75 is formed so as to incline downward from the panel surface decoration member 22 side toward the guide wall 69 side, and the pachinko balls P that are in contact with the upper end surface of the side wall portion 75 smoothly enter the guide wall 69. It is made to be displaced toward In the embodiment, the flange part 68 and the passage forming member 74 are separately formed and disposed on the frame-shaped decorative member 27. However, the flange part 68 and the passage forming member 74 are integrally formed on the frame-shaped decorative member 27. May be. In the embodiment, the lower end of the passage 73 defined between the guide wall 69 and the side wall portion 75 is set as the depressing path portion 20c, and a second end is provided at the downstream end of the depressing path portion 20c. The side wall portion 75 that is the lowering portion and the guide wall 69 that is the third lowering portion are located.
なお、前記第2経路20bを形成する前記枠状装飾部材27の中部庇部分66bと盤面飾り部材22との間は、図11に示す如く、前記減勢経路部20cの通路幅より広く、該減勢経路部20c(通路73)を通過したパチンコ球Pは、左右方向に大きく移動可能に構成される。また、第2経路20bを形成する枠状装飾部材27の下部庇部分66cは、後述する右前飾り部材33の延出壁94cの上方に対向し、該下部庇部分66cと延出壁94cとの間は、前記減勢経路部20cの通路幅と略同一に設定され、第2経路20bを流下するパチンコ球Pは、全て右前飾り部材33の延出壁94cで左方(始動入賞装置28側)に向けて案内されるようになっている。   In addition, as shown in FIG. 11, the space between the middle collar portion 66b of the frame-shaped decorative member 27 that forms the second path 20b and the panel surface decoration member 22 is wider than the path width of the depressing path portion 20c. The pachinko ball P that has passed through the deenergization path portion 20c (passage 73) is configured to be largely movable in the left-right direction. Further, the lower collar portion 66c of the frame-shaped decorative member 27 forming the second path 20b is opposed to the upper side of an extension wall 94c of the right front decoration member 33 described later, and the lower collar portion 66c and the extension wall 94c The pachinko balls P flowing through the second path 20b are all set to the left (on the start winning device 28 side) by the extension wall 94c of the right front decoration member 33. ) To be guided towards.
(球通過ゲート34について)
前記球通過ゲート(遊技部品)34は、遊技盤12に設けられた前記第5装着口12fに一部が挿入された状態で、遊技盤12に前側からネジ止めされている。図16、図17に示す如く、前記球通過ゲート34は、遊技盤12に取付けられる本体部77と、該本体部77に対して着脱自在に取付けられる装飾部材78と、該本体部77に着脱自在に配設される検出スイッチ(検出手段)35とを備える。球通過ゲート34は、図11に示す如く、前記減勢経路部20cより下流側の第2経路20bに位置して、減勢経路部20cを通過したパチンコ球Pが通過するようになっている。
(About the ball passage gate 34)
The ball passage gate (game part) 34 is screwed to the game board 12 from the front side in a state where a part thereof is inserted into the fifth mounting opening 12f provided in the game board 12. As shown in FIGS. 16 and 17, the ball passage gate 34 is attached to the main body 77, a main body 77 attached to the game board 12, a decoration member 78 detachably attached to the main body 77, and the main body 77. A detection switch (detection means) 35 is provided. As shown in FIG. 11, the ball passage gate 34 is positioned in the second path 20b downstream of the depressurizing path portion 20c, and the pachinko balls P that have passed through the depressurizing path section 20c pass therethrough. .
(本体部77について)
前記球通過ゲート34の本体部77は、図16〜図21に示す如く、遊技盤12に前側から取付けられる基部79と、該基部79に設けられて遊技盤12の前面から前側に突出して前記遊技領域20に位置する支持部80とを備える。基部79は、前記第5装着口12fを前面から覆い得る寸法に設定した平板状の台板79aを備え、該台板79aには前後方向に貫通するスイッチ装着孔79bが開設されている。また台板79aの裏面には、スイッチ装着孔79bを囲繞する筒状の挿入筒部79cが突設され、該挿入筒部79cを第5装着口12fに前側から挿入すると共に台板79aの裏面を遊技盤12の前面に当接した状態で、該台板79aを複数箇所で遊技盤12にネジ止めすることで、本体部77が遊技盤12に固定される。なお、台板79aの裏面には、挿入筒部79cを挟む左右両側に位置決めピン79dが夫々突設され、該位置決めピン79dを遊技盤12に設けた対応する位置決め孔(図示せず)に挿入することで、本体部77は遊技盤12に正確に位置決めされるようになっている。
(About main unit 77)
As shown in FIGS. 16 to 21, the main body 77 of the ball passage gate 34 has a base 79 attached to the game board 12 from the front side, and is provided on the base 79 and protrudes from the front of the game board 12 to the front side. And a support portion 80 located in the game area 20. The base 79 includes a flat base plate 79a set to a size capable of covering the fifth mounting opening 12f from the front surface, and a switch mounting hole 79b penetrating in the front-rear direction is formed in the base plate 79a. A cylindrical insertion cylinder 79c is provided on the back surface of the base plate 79a so as to surround the switch mounting hole 79b. The insertion cylinder portion 79c is inserted into the fifth mounting port 12f from the front side and the back surface of the base plate 79a. The base plate 77a is fixed to the game board 12 by screwing the base plate 79a to the game board 12 at a plurality of locations in a state where the game board 12 is in contact with the front surface of the game board 12. On the back surface of the base plate 79a, positioning pins 79d project from the left and right sides of the insertion cylinder portion 79c, and the positioning pins 79d are inserted into corresponding positioning holes (not shown) provided in the game board 12. By doing so, the main body 77 is accurately positioned on the game board 12.
前記支持部80は、台板79aにおけるスイッチ装着孔79bを挟む左右両側から前方に延在する一対の支持片80a,80aから構成され、各支持片80aには、他方の支持片80aとの対向面側に開放すると共に前後方向に延在する溝部81が夫々形成されている。該溝部81は、図16に示す如く、正面視において横向き凸状に形成されており、実施例では支持片80aの対向面から離間する側に位置する上下寸法の小さな溝部分を第1溝81aと称し、対向面側に位置する上下寸法の大きな溝部分を第2溝81bと指称するものとする。両支持片80a,80aにおける両第1溝81a,81a間の離間寸法L1は、前記装飾部材78における後述する一対の取付片85a,85aにおける離間寸法M1と対応するのに対し、両第2溝81b,81b間の離間寸法L2は、前記検出スイッチ35の左右方向の幅寸法M2に対応するよう設定されている。また両支持片80a,80aの対向面間の離間寸法は、パチンコ球Pの直径より大きく設定され、両支持片80a,80aの間に形成される上下方向に開口する球通過口(開口部)82を、遊技領域20(第2経路20b)を流下するパチンコ球Pが通過し得るようになっている。   The support portion 80 is composed of a pair of support pieces 80a and 80a extending forward from the left and right sides sandwiching the switch mounting hole 79b in the base plate 79a, and each support piece 80a is opposed to the other support piece 80a. Groove portions 81 that open to the surface side and extend in the front-rear direction are formed. As shown in FIG. 16, the groove 81 is formed in a laterally convex shape when viewed from the front. In the embodiment, the groove portion having a small vertical dimension located on the side away from the facing surface of the support piece 80a is a first groove 81a. A groove portion having a large vertical dimension located on the opposite surface side is referred to as a second groove 81b. The separation dimension L1 between the first grooves 81a and 81a in the both support pieces 80a and 80a corresponds to the separation dimension M1 in a pair of mounting pieces 85a and 85a described later in the decorative member 78, whereas both the second grooves The separation dimension L2 between 81b and 81b is set so as to correspond to the width dimension M2 of the detection switch 35 in the left-right direction. The distance between the opposing surfaces of the support pieces 80a and 80a is set larger than the diameter of the pachinko sphere P, and a ball passage opening (opening portion) formed between the support pieces 80a and 80a and opened in the vertical direction. The pachinko sphere P flowing down the game area 20 (second path 20b) can pass through 82.
ここで、一方(実施例では右側)の支持片80aにおける第1溝81aを画成する下壁の前端面は、図16、図21に示す如く、前側から後側に向かうにつれて上方傾斜する向き規制面80bとされており、該向き規制面80bが、後述するように前記装飾部材78の逆付け防止手段として機能するよう構成される。また各支持片80aにおける第1溝81aを画成する側壁の前端面には、外側から内側に向かうにつれて後方傾斜する傾斜案内面80cが夫々形成されており、装飾部材78の後述する取付部85の第1溝81a,81aに対する挿入を容易に行ない得るようにしてある。   Here, as shown in FIGS. 16 and 21, the front end surface of the lower wall defining the first groove 81a in one (right side in the embodiment) of the support piece 80a is inclined upward as it goes from the front side to the rear side. The restricting surface 80b is configured to function as a reverse attachment preventing means for the decorative member 78, as will be described later. In addition, inclined front guide surfaces 80c that are inclined backward from the outside toward the inside are formed on the front end surfaces of the side walls that define the first grooves 81a in the respective support pieces 80a. The first grooves 81a, 81a can be easily inserted.
前記挿入筒部79cの内周における左右両側は、各支持片80aの溝部81に整合する横向き凸状に夫々形成され(図17参照)、各支持片80aの溝部81に前側から挿通された前記装飾部材78の後述する取付片85a,85aおよび検出スイッチ35の後部がスイッチ挿着孔79bを挿通可能に構成されている。また、挿入筒部79cの内周における左右両側には、各第1溝81aと対応する部分を更に外方に広げることで係合部79eが夫々形成され、該係合部79eに対応する取付片85aの爪部85bが係脱自在に係合するよう構成される(図18、図17参照)。   The left and right sides of the inner periphery of the insertion cylinder 79c are respectively formed in a laterally convex shape that matches the groove 81 of each support piece 80a (see FIG. 17), and inserted through the groove 81 of each support piece 80a from the front side. Mounting pieces 85a and 85a, which will be described later, of the decorative member 78 and the rear portion of the detection switch 35 are configured to be able to pass through the switch insertion hole 79b. Engaging portions 79e are formed on both the left and right sides of the inner periphery of the insertion tube portion 79c by further expanding the portions corresponding to the first grooves 81a outward, and the mounting portions corresponding to the engaging portions 79e. The claw portion 85b of the piece 85a is configured to be detachably engaged (see FIGS. 18 and 17).
前記挿入筒部79cの後端に、図20、図21に示す如く、前記スイッチ装着孔79bの下側において後方に向けて延在するスイッチ係止片83が設けられ、該スイッチ係止片83の上面後端には、上方に突出する爪部83aが設けられている。このスイッチ係止片83は、スイッチ装着孔79bに挿通された検出スイッチ35を下側から支持すると共に、爪部83aが検出スイッチ35の後端に係合することで、該検出スイッチ35の後方移動を規制するよう構成される。   As shown in FIGS. 20 and 21, at the rear end of the insertion tube portion 79 c, a switch locking piece 83 extending rearward is provided below the switch mounting hole 79 b, and the switch locking piece 83 is provided. A claw portion 83a that protrudes upward is provided at the rear end of the upper surface. The switch locking piece 83 supports the detection switch 35 inserted through the switch mounting hole 79b from the lower side, and the claw portion 83a engages with the rear end of the detection switch 35. Configured to regulate movement.
(装飾部材78について)
前記装飾部材78は、図16〜図21に示す如く、平板状で前面および外周面に装飾が施された意匠体84と、該意匠体84の裏面に突設された取付部85とを備える。取付部85は、左右方向に離間して後方に向けて所定長さで延在する弾性変形可能な一対の取付片85a,85aから構成され、各取付片85aにおける他方の取付片85aから離間する外側面の後端部に、外方に突出する爪部85bが夫々設けられている。両取付片85a,85aにおける外側面間の離間寸法M1は、前記支持部80における一対の第1溝81a,81aの離間寸法L1と略同一に設定されると共に、各取付片85aの上下寸法は第1溝81aの上下寸法と略同一に設定されて、両取付片85a,85aを対応する第1溝81a,81aに前側から挿入した際には略ガタ付きなく嵌挿されるようになっている。また、取付片85aの意匠体84裏面からの突出寸法は、図18、図19に示す如く、第1溝81aに前側から取付片85aを挿入し、意匠体84の裏面が前記支持片80aの前面に当接した状態で、該取付片85aの爪部85bが前記挿入筒部79cの係合部79eに係脱自在に係合するよう設定される。すなわち、前記爪部85b,85bを対応する係合部79e,79eに係合して本体部77に装飾部材78を取付けた状態では、取付部85(両取付片85a,85aおよび爪部85b,85b)は支持部80(両支持片80a,80a)で覆われて遊技領域20に露出しないようになっている。なお、前記意匠体84に施される装飾としては、メッキや塗装、その他シールを貼着することで形成し得るが、彫刻等によって立体的な装飾とすることで、他機種との差別化が図られて好適である。
(About decorative member 78)
As shown in FIGS. 16 to 21, the decorative member 78 includes a design body 84 that is flat and has a front surface and an outer peripheral surface decorated, and an attachment portion 85 that projects from the back surface of the design body 84. . The attachment portion 85 is composed of a pair of elastically deformable attachment pieces 85a and 85a that are spaced apart in the left-right direction and extend rearward by a predetermined length, and are separated from the other attachment piece 85a in each attachment piece 85a. Claw portions 85b projecting outward are respectively provided at the rear end portions of the outer side surfaces. The spacing dimension M1 between the outer surfaces of the mounting pieces 85a, 85a is set to be substantially the same as the spacing dimension L1 of the pair of first grooves 81a, 81a in the support portion 80, and the vertical dimension of each mounting piece 85a is It is set to be substantially the same as the vertical dimension of the first groove 81a, and when the two attachment pieces 85a, 85a are inserted into the corresponding first grooves 81a, 81a from the front side, they are fitted with substantially no play. . In addition, as shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, the protrusion dimension of the attachment piece 85a from the back surface of the design body 84 is such that the attachment piece 85a is inserted into the first groove 81a from the front side, and the back surface of the design body 84 is the support piece 80a. The claw portion 85b of the mounting piece 85a is set so as to be detachably engaged with the engaging portion 79e of the insertion tube portion 79c in a state of being in contact with the front surface. That is, in a state where the claw portions 85b, 85b are engaged with the corresponding engagement portions 79e, 79e and the decorative member 78 is attached to the main body 77, the attachment portions 85 (both attachment pieces 85a, 85a and claw portions 85b, 85b) is covered with the support portion 80 (both support pieces 80a, 80a) so as not to be exposed to the game area 20. The decoration applied to the design body 84 can be formed by plating, painting, or sticking other seals. However, by making a three-dimensional decoration by engraving or the like, it can be differentiated from other models. It is illustrated and suitable.
また、前記本体部77に装飾部材78を取付けた状態で支持部80の前側に位置する意匠体84の前面は、前記透視保護板15aの裏面に近接し、遊技領域20を流下するパチンコ球Pが意匠体84に接触する可能性は低くなっている(図20、図21参照)。ここで、パチンコ機10を遊技店の設置枠台に取付けた状態において遊技盤12は上端側が後傾するようになっており、遊技領域20を流下するパチンコ球Pは遊技盤12の前面(盤面)を転動して透視保護板15aに接触し難くなっている。すなわち、前記球通過ゲート34が配設されている領域(第2経路20b)を盤面に沿って流下するパチンコ球Pが盤面から前方に延在する支持部80に接触する可能性より、該パチンコ球Pが支持部80の前側に位置する意匠体84に接触する可能性の方が低くなっている。   In addition, the front surface of the design body 84 positioned on the front side of the support portion 80 with the decorative member 78 attached to the main body portion 77 is close to the back surface of the fluoroscopic protection plate 15a and flows down the game area 20. Is less likely to contact the design body 84 (see FIGS. 20 and 21). Here, in the state where the pachinko machine 10 is attached to the installation frame base of the game shop, the upper end side of the game board 12 is inclined backward, and the pachinko ball P flowing down the game area 20 is the front surface (board surface) of the game board 12. ) To make contact with the fluoroscopic protection plate 15a difficult. That is, the pachinko ball P flowing down along the board surface in the region where the ball passage gate 34 is disposed (second path 20b) may come into contact with the support portion 80 extending forward from the board surface. The possibility that the sphere P contacts the design body 84 located on the front side of the support portion 80 is lower.
なお、前記向き規制面80bが形成された支持片80aの第1溝81aに挿入される一方の取付片85aにおける意匠体84側の根元部下面に、該向き規制面80bの傾斜に対応する後側から前側に向かうにつれて下方傾斜する傾斜面が形成された第1取付け規制部(逆付け防止手段)85cが突設されている(図17参照)。すなわち、意匠体84に施した装飾の上下方向が正しい向きで支持片80aの第1溝81aに対応する一方の取付片85aを挿入した場合は、向き規制面80bと第1取付け規制部85cの傾斜面とが整合当接することで、取付片85aは意匠体84の裏面が支持片80aの前面に当接する位置まで挿入し得る。これに対し、意匠体84に施した装飾の上下方向が不正となる向き(上下が逆となる向き)で支持片80aの第1溝81aに取付片85aを挿入した場合は、第1取付け規制部85cが、向き規制面を形成していない支持片80aの上壁前端に当接して、意匠体84の裏面が支持片80aの前面に当接する位置までの取付片85aの挿入が阻まれるようになっている。   A rear surface corresponding to the inclination of the orientation regulating surface 80b on the bottom surface of the base portion on the side of the design body 84 of one mounting piece 85a inserted into the first groove 81a of the support piece 80a formed with the orientation regulating surface 80b. A first attachment restricting portion (reverse attachment preventing means) 85c formed with an inclined surface inclined downward from the side toward the front side is provided (see FIG. 17). That is, when one attachment piece 85a corresponding to the first groove 81a of the support piece 80a is inserted with the vertical direction of the decoration applied to the design body 84 in the correct orientation, the orientation restriction surface 80b and the first attachment restriction portion 85c The attachment piece 85a can be inserted to a position where the back surface of the design body 84 contacts the front surface of the support piece 80a due to the alignment contact with the inclined surface. On the other hand, when the attachment piece 85a is inserted into the first groove 81a of the support piece 80a in the direction in which the vertical direction of the decoration applied to the design body 84 is incorrect (the direction in which the vertical direction is reversed), the first attachment restriction The portion 85c comes into contact with the front end of the upper wall of the support piece 80a that does not form the orientation restricting surface, so that the insertion of the attachment piece 85a to the position where the back surface of the design body 84 comes into contact with the front surface of the support piece 80a is prevented. It has become.
また、前記第1取付け規制部85cが設けられていない他方(実施例では左側)の取付片85aにおける意匠体84側の根元部内面に、図18、図19に示す如く、後側から前側に向かうにつれて一方(右側)の取付片85aに近接するように傾斜する傾斜面が形成された第2取付け規制部85dが突設されており、該第2取付け規制部85dが、検出スイッチ35の逆付け防止手段として機能するよう構成される。なお、第2取付け規制部85dは、第1取付け規制部85cが設けられている取付片85aに設けてもよく、検出スイッチ35の後述する逆付け規制面35cと対応する側に設けられていればよい。   Further, on the inner surface of the base portion on the design body 84 side of the other mounting piece 85a (left side in the embodiment) where the first mounting restricting portion 85c is not provided, as shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, from the rear side to the front side. A second attachment restricting portion 85d having an inclined surface that is inclined so as to approach one (right side) attachment piece 85a as it goes is protruded, and the second attachment restricting portion 85d is opposite to the detection switch 35. It is configured to function as a sticking prevention means. The second attachment restricting portion 85d may be provided on the attachment piece 85a provided with the first attachment restricting portion 85c, or provided on the side of the detection switch 35 that corresponds to the reverse attachment restricting surface 35c described later. That's fine.
(検出スイッチ35について)
前記球通過ゲート34に配設される前記検出スイッチ35は、図16、図17に示す如く、矩形状のスイッチ本体35aに、略円形状をなす球通過孔35bを備え、該球通過孔35bの内径は、パチンコ球Pの直径よりもやや大きく設定される。スイッチ本体35aの左右方向の幅寸法M2は、前記本体部77の支持部80における第2溝81b,81bの離間寸法L2、すなわち第1溝81a,81aに挿入された取付片85a,85aの対向面間の離間寸法と略同一に設定される。そして、検出スイッチ35は、スイッチ本体35aが前記本体部77における挿入筒部79cの後側からスイッチ装着孔79bに挿入されると共に、該スイッチ本体35aの左右両端部が支持部80の第2溝81b,81bに挿通支持された状態で本体部77に取付けられる。また検出スイッチ35は、スイッチ本体35aの前端が本体部77に取付けられている意匠板84の裏面に当接した状態で、該スイッチ本体35aの後端に前記スイッチ係止片83の爪部83aが係脱自在に係合することで、本体部77に対して上下・左右・前後の位置決めがなされるようになっている(図18、図20参照)。そして、検出スイッチ35が本体部77に取付けられた状態において、前記球通過孔35bは、前記支持部80に形成された球通過口82内に位置するようになっている。これにより、検出スイッチ35は、球通過孔35b(球通過口82)を通過するパチンコ球Pを検出し得るよう構成される。そして、検出スイッチ35は、パチンコ球Pの通過を検出して球検出信号を前記制御装置に出力するようになっている。
(About detection switch 35)
As shown in FIGS. 16 and 17, the detection switch 35 disposed in the sphere passage gate 34 is provided with a sphere passage hole 35b having a substantially circular shape in a rectangular switch body 35a, and the sphere passage hole 35b. Is set to be slightly larger than the diameter of the pachinko sphere P. The width M2 in the left-right direction of the switch body 35a is the separation dimension L2 of the second grooves 81b, 81b in the support portion 80 of the body 77, that is, the facing of the mounting pieces 85a, 85a inserted in the first grooves 81a, 81a. It is set to be approximately the same as the distance between the surfaces. In the detection switch 35, the switch main body 35a is inserted into the switch mounting hole 79b from the rear side of the insertion cylinder portion 79c in the main body 77, and both the left and right ends of the switch main body 35a are the second grooves of the support portion 80. It is attached to the main body 77 while being inserted and supported by 81b and 81b. The detection switch 35 has a claw portion 83a of the switch locking piece 83 at the rear end of the switch body 35a in a state where the front end of the switch body 35a is in contact with the back surface of the design plate 84 attached to the body portion 77. By engaging with each other in a freely detachable manner, the main body 77 is positioned vertically, horizontally, and back and forth (see FIGS. 18 and 20). In a state where the detection switch 35 is attached to the main body 77, the ball passage hole 35 b is positioned in a ball passage opening 82 formed in the support portion 80. Thus, the detection switch 35 is configured to detect the pachinko sphere P passing through the sphere passage hole 35b (sphere passage port 82). The detection switch 35 detects the passage of the pachinko sphere P and outputs a sphere detection signal to the control device.
前記検出スイッチ35が本体部77に取付けられた状態において、前記スイッチ本体35aの左右両側面が、図18に示す如く、前記第1溝81a,81aに挿入されている取付片85a,85aの内側面に当接し、該取付片85a,85aの内側への弾性変形を規制するよう構成される。すなわち、一対の取付片85a,85aの間にスイッチ本体35aが存在している状態では、前記本体部77に設けた係合部79eから爪部85bの係合を解除する取付片85aの内側への弾性変形が規制されており、本体部77から装飾部材78の脱落は確実に防止されるようになっている。   In the state where the detection switch 35 is attached to the main body 77, the left and right side surfaces of the switch main body 35a are, of the mounting pieces 85a and 85a inserted in the first grooves 81a and 81a, as shown in FIG. It abuts on the side surface and is configured to restrict elastic deformation to the inside of the mounting pieces 85a, 85a. That is, in a state where the switch main body 35a exists between the pair of mounting pieces 85a and 85a, the engagement portion 79e provided on the main body portion 77 is moved to the inside of the mounting piece 85a for releasing the engagement of the claw portion 85b. The elastic deformation of the decorative member 78 is reliably prevented from falling off from the main body 77.
なお、前記スイッチ本体35aにおいて、前記装飾部材78の第2取付け規制部85dが設けられている他方の取付片85aと対応する前側の一方の角部には、第2取付け規制部85dに形成されている傾斜面に対応する前側から後側に向かうにつれて外方へ傾斜する逆付け規制面35cが形成されている。すなわち、検出スイッチ35の上下方向が正しい向きでスイッチ本体35aの両側部が支持部80の第2溝81b,81bに挿通された場合は、逆付け規制面35cと第2取付け規制部85dの傾斜面とが整合当接することで、スイッチ本体35aは、後端に前記スイッチ係止片83の爪部83aが係合する位置まで挿通し得る。これに対し、検出スイッチ35の上下方向が不正となる向き(上下が逆となる向き)でスイッチ本体35aの両側部が支持部80の第2溝81b,81bに挿通された場合は、スイッチ本体35aの逆付け規制面35cが形成されていない他方の角部が第2取付け規制部85dに当接することで、スイッチ本体35aは、後端に前記スイッチ係止片83の爪部83aが係合する位置までの挿通が阻まれるようになっている。   In the switch body 35a, a second mounting restriction portion 85d is formed at one front corner corresponding to the other attachment piece 85a provided with the second attachment restriction portion 85d of the decorative member 78. A reverse regulation surface 35c is formed which is inclined outwardly from the front side to the rear side corresponding to the inclined surface. That is, when the vertical direction of the detection switch 35 is the correct direction and both side portions of the switch body 35a are inserted into the second grooves 81b and 81b of the support portion 80, the inclination of the reverse attachment restriction surface 35c and the second attachment restriction portion 85d is inclined. By aligning and abutting with the surface, the switch body 35a can be inserted to a position where the claw portion 83a of the switch locking piece 83 is engaged with the rear end. On the other hand, when both sides of the switch body 35a are inserted into the second grooves 81b and 81b of the support portion 80 in the direction in which the vertical direction of the detection switch 35 is incorrect (the direction in which the vertical direction is reversed), the switch body The switch body 35a is engaged with the claw portion 83a of the switch locking piece 83 at the rear end by the other corner portion where the reverse regulation surface 35c of 35a is not formed being in contact with the second attachment restricting portion 85d. The insertion to the position to be prevented is prevented.
(第1発光装置38について)
前記ステージ45における後転動部分48bの下方で、前記始動入賞装置28の後方に配設された前記第1発光装置38について説明する。第1発光装置38は、図5、図22に示す如く、全体が金属メッキされた取付体86を基本とし、該取付体86が前記設置部材36の下側の背面板36aに前側からネジ止め固定される。取付体86の中央部には、始動入賞装置28における遊技盤12の後側に延出する部分の挿通を許容する下方に開口する凹部86aが形成されている。また、取付体86における凹部86aを挟む左右両側に、複数の通孔86bが形成されると共に、該取付体86における凹部86aを挟む左右両側の裏側には、各通孔86bと対応する位置に光拡散部87aを設けた光透過性の光透過部材87が夫々配設されている。また取付体86の裏側には、各光透過部材87の裏面に対向するように第1装飾用LED基板88が夫々配設されており、該装飾用LED基板88に実装したLED88aの光が光拡散部87aに照射されて、始動入賞装置28の左右両側の遊技領域20を遊技盤12を介して発光装飾するよう構成されている。
(About the first light emitting device 38)
The first light-emitting device 38 disposed behind the start winning device 28 below the rear rolling portion 48b of the stage 45 will be described. As shown in FIGS. 5 and 22, the first light emitting device 38 is based on a mounting body 86 that is entirely metal-plated, and the mounting body 86 is screwed to the back plate 36 a on the lower side of the installation member 36 from the front side. Fixed. A concave portion 86a that opens downward is allowed at the center of the mounting body 86 to allow insertion of a portion extending to the rear side of the game board 12 in the start winning device 28. In addition, a plurality of through holes 86b are formed on both left and right sides of the mounting body 86 across the recess 86a, and on the back sides of the left and right sides of the mounting body 86 across the recess 86a, positions corresponding to the through holes 86b are formed. A light transmissive light transmitting member 87 provided with a light diffusing portion 87a is provided. In addition, on the back side of the attachment body 86, first decoration LED boards 88 are disposed so as to face the back face of each light transmitting member 87, and the light of the LEDs 88a mounted on the decoration LED boards 88 is light. The game area 20 on both the left and right sides of the start winning device 28 is illuminated and illuminated through the game board 12 by irradiating the diffusion portion 87a.
前記取付体86の上端部裏側には、図31、図32に示す如く、前記ステージ45における後転動部分48bの下側を後方に向けて略水平に延在する延出部89が設けられており、該延出部89における後転動部分48bの下方に対向する部位に、上下方向に貫通する複数の光透過孔89aが設けられている。また、延出部89の下面に第2装飾用LED基板90が配設され、該基板90には、各光透過孔89aと対応する位置にLED90aが実装されている。すなわち、第2装飾用LED基板90に設けたLED90aを発光することで、前記後転動部分48bを下側から照明し得るようになっている。なお、取付体86には、パチンコ機10裏側に配設された電源基板(図示せず)に電気的に接続するアース線(図示せず)が接続されて、該取付体86(第1発光装置38)をアースしている。   On the back side of the upper end of the mounting body 86, as shown in FIGS. 31 and 32, an extending portion 89 is provided that extends substantially horizontally with the lower side of the rear rolling portion 48b of the stage 45 facing rearward. A plurality of light transmitting holes 89a penetrating in the vertical direction are provided in a portion of the extending portion 89 facing the lower side of the rear rolling portion 48b. In addition, a second decorative LED substrate 90 is disposed on the lower surface of the extending portion 89, and the LED 90a is mounted on the substrate 90 at a position corresponding to each light transmitting hole 89a. That is, the rear rolling portion 48b can be illuminated from the lower side by emitting light from the LED 90a provided on the second decorative LED substrate 90. Note that a ground wire (not shown) that is electrically connected to a power supply board (not shown) disposed on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is connected to the attachment 86, and the attachment 86 (first light emission). The device 38) is grounded.
(前飾り部材32,33について)
前記左第4装着孔12dに対応して遊技盤12に配設される左前飾り部材(飾り部材)32は、図23、図25に示す如く、後側に開口する箱状に形成されて左第4装着孔12dを前側から部分的に覆い得る第1箱状本体91と、該第1箱状本体91の後端において外方に延出するように設けられた第1取付片92と、該第1箱状本体91に配設されて後方へ所定長さ延出する第1導光部材93とから構成される。そして、第1取付片92を遊技盤12の前面に当接させ、該第1取付片92を遊技盤12に金属製(導電性)のネジでネジ止めすることで、第1箱状本体91が遊技領域20に位置する状態で当該左前飾り部材32が遊技盤12に固定される。第1箱状本体91を遊技盤12に固定した状態で、第1導光部材93が左第4装着孔12dに挿入されると共に、該第1導光部材93の後端は、遊技盤12の裏面と略同一位置に位置している。なお、第1箱状本体91は、前記左第4装着口12dにおいて、該第4装着口12dに配設された前記左普通入賞装置30により塞がれていない部分を覆い得る寸法および形状に形成されると共に、該第1箱状本体91には左普通入賞装置30が部分的にネジ止め固定されている。
(For front decoration members 32, 33)
A left front decoration member (decoration member) 32 disposed in the game board 12 corresponding to the left fourth mounting hole 12d is formed in a box shape opened to the rear side as shown in FIGS. A first box-shaped main body 91 capable of partially covering the fourth mounting hole 12d from the front side; a first attachment piece 92 provided to extend outward at the rear end of the first box-shaped main body 91; The first light guide member 93 is disposed on the first box-shaped main body 91 and extends backward by a predetermined length. Then, the first attachment piece 92 is brought into contact with the front surface of the game board 12, and the first attachment piece 92 is screwed to the game board 12 with a metal (conductive) screw, whereby the first box-shaped main body 91 is obtained. The left front decoration member 32 is fixed to the game board 12 in a state where is located in the game area 20. While the first box-shaped main body 91 is fixed to the game board 12, the first light guide member 93 is inserted into the left fourth mounting hole 12d, and the rear end of the first light guide member 93 is connected to the game board 12. It is located at substantially the same position as the back surface of. The first box-shaped main body 91 has a size and a shape that can cover a portion of the left fourth mounting opening 12d that is not covered by the left ordinary winning device 30 disposed in the fourth mounting opening 12d. The left normal winning device 30 is partially fixed to the first box-shaped main body 91 with screws.
前記第1箱状本体91の前板91aには、複数の光透過部91bが形成されている。この光透過部91bは、光透過性の合成樹脂材から形成された第1箱状本体91に、非光透過性の金属メッキや塗装で部分的に装飾を施し、該装飾を施していない部分として形成したり、あるいは前板91aに通孔を形成し、該通孔にレンズ部材等の透明部材を嵌め込む等の各種の形態で形成される。前記第1導光部材93は、非光透過性の合成樹脂材から形成されると共に、第1箱状本体91の各光透過部91bに対応して前後方向に延在する光導通路93aが前後に開口して設けられ、前記第2発光装置39のLED99a(後述)からの光を各光導通路93aを介して第1箱状本体91の光透過部91bに導くよう構成される。また第1箱状本体91の裏面には、前記光透過部91bを除く部分に金属メッキが施されており、前記第1取付片92の金属メッキが施された裏面を遊技盤12に当接することで、該第1箱状本体91(左前飾り部材32)は遊技盤12に対して電気的に導通状態で取付けられている。なお、第1箱状本体91の前板91aの外周縁から後側に延在する延出壁91cは、図2、図23に示す如く、遊技領域20を流下するパチンコ球Pが当接可能な位置にあって、該パチンコ球Pを左普通入賞装置30に向けて案内し得るよう構成される。ここで、延出壁91cの表面に金属メッキを施し、パチンコ球Pとの接触により該パチンコ球Pに帯電している静電気を左前飾り部材32に流し得るようにするのが好ましい。   A plurality of light transmission portions 91 b are formed on the front plate 91 a of the first box-shaped main body 91. The light transmitting portion 91b is a portion where the first box-shaped main body 91 formed of a light transmitting synthetic resin material is partially decorated with non-light transmitting metal plating or painting, and the decoration is not applied. Or a through hole is formed in the front plate 91a, and a transparent member such as a lens member is fitted into the through hole. The first light guide member 93 is formed of a non-light-transmitting synthetic resin material, and light guide passages 93a extending in the front-rear direction corresponding to the respective light transmission portions 91b of the first box-shaped main body 91 are front and rear. And is configured to guide light from an LED 99a (described later) of the second light emitting device 39 to the light transmitting portion 91b of the first box-shaped main body 91 through each light path 93a. Further, the back surface of the first box-shaped main body 91 is metal-plated on the portion excluding the light transmitting portion 91b, and the back surface on which the metal plating of the first mounting piece 92 is applied abuts the game board 12. Thus, the first box-shaped main body 91 (the left front decoration member 32) is attached to the game board 12 in an electrically conductive state. The extending wall 91c extending from the outer peripheral edge of the front plate 91a of the first box-shaped main body 91 to the rear side can abut the pachinko ball P flowing down the game area 20 as shown in FIGS. The pachinko ball P can be guided toward the left normal winning device 30 at the right position. Here, it is preferable to apply metal plating to the surface of the extension wall 91 c so that static electricity charged in the pachinko sphere P can be caused to flow to the left front decoration member 32 by contact with the pachinko sphere P.
前記右第4装着口12eに配設される右前飾り部材33の構成は、基本的には前記左前飾り部材32と同じであって、図26、図28に示す如く、後側に開口する箱状に形成されて右第4装着孔12eを前側から部分的に覆い得る第2箱状本体94と、該第1箱状本体94の後端において外方に延出するように設けられた第2取付片95と、該第1箱状本体94に配設されて後方へ所定長さ延出する第2導光部材96とから構成される。そして、第2取付片95を遊技盤12の前面に当接させ、該第2取付片95を遊技盤12に金属製(導電性)のネジでネジ止めすることで、第2箱状本体94が遊技領域20に位置する状態で当該前右飾り部材33が遊技盤12に固定される。第2箱状本体94を遊技盤12に固定した状態で、第2導光部材96が右第4装着孔12eに挿入されると共に、該第2導光部材96の後端は、遊技盤12の裏面と略同一位置に位置している。なお、第2箱状本体94は、前記右第4装着口12eにおいて、該右第4装着口12eに配設された前記右普通入賞装置31により塞がれていない部分を覆い得る寸法および形状に形成されると共に、該第2箱状本体94には右普通入賞装置31が部分的にネジ止め固定されている。   The configuration of the right front decoration member 33 disposed in the right fourth mounting opening 12e is basically the same as that of the left front decoration member 32, and as shown in FIGS. 26 and 28, a box opened to the rear side. And a second box-shaped body 94 that can partially cover the right fourth mounting hole 12e from the front side, and a second box-shaped body 94 that extends outward at the rear end of the first box-shaped body 94. 2 mounting pieces 95 and a second light guide member 96 disposed on the first box-shaped main body 94 and extending backward by a predetermined length. Then, the second attachment piece 95 is brought into contact with the front surface of the game board 12 and the second attachment piece 95 is screwed to the game board 12 with a metal (conductive) screw, whereby the second box-shaped main body 94 is obtained. The front right decoration member 33 is fixed to the game board 12 in a state where is located in the game area 20. With the second box-shaped main body 94 fixed to the game board 12, the second light guide member 96 is inserted into the right fourth mounting hole 12 e and the rear end of the second light guide member 96 is connected to the game board 12. It is located at substantially the same position as the back surface of. The second box-shaped main body 94 has a size and a shape that can cover a portion of the right fourth mounting opening 12e that is not covered by the right normal winning device 31 disposed in the right fourth mounting opening 12e. The right normal winning device 31 is partially fixed to the second box-shaped body 94 with screws.
前記第2箱状本体94の前板94aには、前記第1箱状本体91の形態と同様の複数の光透過部94bが形成されている。前記第2導光部材96は、非光透過性の合成樹脂材から形成されると共に、第2箱状本体94の各光透過部94bに対応して前後方向に延在する光導通路96aが前後に開口して設けられ、前記第3発光装置40のLED103a(後述)からの光を各光導通路96aを介して第2箱状本体94の光透過部94bに導くよう構成される。また第2箱状本体94の裏面には、前記光透過部94bを除く部分に金属メッキが施されており、前記第2取付片95の金属メッキが施された裏面を遊技盤12に当接することで、該第2箱状本体94(右前飾り部材33)は遊技盤12に対して電気的に導通状態で取付けられている。なお、第2箱状本体94の前板94aの外周縁から後側に延在する延出壁94cは、図2、図26に示す如く、遊技領域20を流下するパチンコ球Pが当接可能な位置にあって、該パチンコ球Pを右普通入賞装置31に向けて案内し得るよう構成される。ここで、延出壁94cの表面に金属メッキを施し、パチンコ球Pとの接触により該パチンコ球Pに帯電している静電気を右前飾り部材33に流し得るようにするのが好ましい。   The front plate 94a of the second box-shaped main body 94 is formed with a plurality of light transmission portions 94b similar to the form of the first box-shaped main body 91. The second light guide member 96 is formed of a non-light-transmitting synthetic resin material, and a light passage 96a extending in the front-rear direction corresponding to each light transmission portion 94b of the second box-shaped main body 94 And is configured to guide light from the LED 103a (described later) of the third light emitting device 40 to the light transmitting portion 94b of the second box-shaped main body 94 through each light path 96a. Further, the back surface of the second box-shaped main body 94 is metal-plated on the portion excluding the light transmitting portion 94b, and the back surface of the second mounting piece 95 on which the metal plating is applied is brought into contact with the game board 12. Thus, the second box-shaped main body 94 (the right front decoration member 33) is attached to the game board 12 in an electrically conductive state. The extending wall 94c extending from the outer peripheral edge of the front plate 94a of the second box-shaped main body 94 to the rear side can contact a pachinko ball P flowing down the game area 20, as shown in FIGS. The pachinko ball P can be guided toward the right normal winning device 31 at the right position. Here, it is preferable to apply metal plating to the surface of the extending wall 94 c so that static electricity charged in the pachinko sphere P can be caused to flow to the right front decoration member 33 by contact with the pachinko sphere P.
(後飾り部材97,98について)
前記第1発光装置38における取付体86の左側に、遊技盤12に形成した前記左第4装着口12dの裏側に臨む左後飾り部材97が、該取付体86に金属性(導電性)のネジを介してネジ止め固定されている。また、該取付体86の右側に、遊技盤12に形成した前記右第4装着口12eの裏側に臨む右後飾り部材98が、該取付体86に金属性(導電性)のネジを介してネジ止め固定されている。左右の後飾り部材97,98は、前記設置部材36に対しても金属性(導電性)のネジを介してネジ止め固定されている。図5、図22に示す如く、左後飾り部材97に、前記第2発光装置39の後述する箱状体101を収容する収容開口97aが形成されると共に、右後飾り部材98に、前記第3発光装置40の後述する箱状体105を収容する収容開口98aが形成されている。また左右の後飾り部材97,98は、何れも透明な(光透過性の)合成樹脂材料で形成された本体部に、各種図柄が塗装により形成されたり、あるいはメッキ等により不透明とされた各種装飾体を部分的に配設して構成される。なお、実施例では、左右の後飾り部材97,98の一部に、他の部材との接触により電気的に導通可能な金属メッキが施された導通部97b,98bが設けられている。
(About rear decoration members 97, 98)
On the left side of the mounting body 86 in the first light emitting device 38, a left rear decoration member 97 facing the back side of the left fourth mounting opening 12d formed on the game board 12 is metallic (conductive) on the mounting body 86. It is fixed with screws via screws. Further, on the right side of the mounting body 86, a right rear decoration member 98 facing the back side of the right fourth mounting port 12e formed on the game board 12 is attached to the mounting body 86 via a metal (conductive) screw. It is fixed with screws. The left and right rear decoration members 97 and 98 are also screwed and fixed to the installation member 36 via metal (conductive) screws. As shown in FIGS. 5 and 22, the left rear decoration member 97 is formed with an accommodation opening 97 a for accommodating a box-like body 101 to be described later of the second light emitting device 39, and the right rear decoration member 98 has the first rear decoration member 98. An accommodation opening 98a for accommodating a box-like body 105, which will be described later, of the three light emitting devices 40 is formed. The left and right rear decoration members 97, 98 are variously formed by painting various patterns on the main body portion made of a transparent (light-transmitting) synthetic resin material or making it opaque by plating or the like. The decorative body is partially arranged. In the embodiment, conductive portions 97b and 98b are provided on part of the left and right rear decoration members 97 and 98, which are plated with metal that can be electrically connected by contact with other members.
(第2発光装置39について)
前記左後飾り部材97には、前記左第4装着口12dの形成位置に対応して、前記左前飾り部材32の光透過部91bを裏側から照明可能な前記第2発光装置39が配設される。この第2発光装置39は、図5、図22、図24に示す如く、前面に複数のLED(発光体)99aを実装した第1飾り用発光基板(発光基板)99と、該第1飾り用発光基板99の前面を覆った状態で該第1飾り用発光基板99を保持する第1カバー体(カバー体)100とを備える。第1カバー体100は、絶縁材料である透明な合成樹脂材から形成されたものであって、平板状の板部の外周縁に後側に突出するよう壁部を形成した後方に開口する箱状体101を備える。この箱状体101の板部には、第1飾り用発光基板99に実装したLED99aと対応する位置に光透過部としての貫通孔101aが前後に開口するよう形成されている。また箱状体101には、壁部から内側に延出して第1飾り用発光基板99の外周縁部に係脱自在に係合する第1係止片(係合部)101bが一体で設けられる。更に、箱状体101には、第1飾り用発光基板99を挟んで第1係止片101bとは反対側の位置に、第1飾り用発光基板99の外周縁部に係脱自在に係合する弾性変形可能な第1係合フック(係合部)101cが一体で設けられている。そして、第1係止片101bおよび第1係合フック101cが外周端部に係合した第1飾り用発光基板99は、各LED99aが対応する貫通孔101a内に臨む状態で、箱状体101の内部に収容保持され、第1カバー体100と第1飾り用発光基板99とは一体で取扱い得るようになっている。すなわち、第1カバー体100に対し、第1飾り用発光基板99は絶縁材料からなる第1係止片101bおよび第1係合フック101cによってのみ保持される。
(About the second light emitting device 39)
The left rear decoration member 97 is provided with the second light emitting device 39 capable of illuminating the light transmitting portion 91b of the left front decoration member 32 from the back side, corresponding to the formation position of the left fourth mounting opening 12d. The As shown in FIGS. 5, 22, and 24, the second light emitting device 39 includes a first decorative light emitting substrate (light emitting substrate) 99 having a plurality of LEDs (light emitting bodies) 99a mounted on the front surface, and the first decorative device. And a first cover body (cover body) 100 that holds the first decorative light emitting substrate 99 in a state of covering the front surface of the light emitting substrate 99. The first cover body 100 is formed of a transparent synthetic resin material, which is an insulating material, and is a box that is open to the rear and has a wall portion that protrudes rearward from the outer peripheral edge of a flat plate-like plate portion. A state body 101 is provided. In the plate portion of the box-like body 101, a through hole 101a as a light transmitting portion is formed to open in the front-rear direction at a position corresponding to the LED 99a mounted on the first decorative light emitting substrate 99. Further, the box-like body 101 is integrally provided with a first locking piece (engagement portion) 101b extending inward from the wall portion and detachably engaged with the outer peripheral edge portion of the first decorative light emitting substrate 99. It is done. Further, the box-like body 101 is detachably engaged with the outer peripheral edge of the first decorative light emitting substrate 99 at a position opposite to the first locking piece 101b with the first decorative light emitting substrate 99 interposed therebetween. A first engaging hook (engaging portion) 101c that can be elastically deformed is integrally provided. The first decorative light-emitting substrate 99 with the first locking piece 101b and the first engaging hook 101c engaged with the outer peripheral end portion is in a state in which each LED 99a faces the corresponding through-hole 101a. The first cover body 100 and the first decorative light emitting substrate 99 can be handled integrally. That is, with respect to the first cover body 100, the first decorative light emitting substrate 99 is held only by the first locking pieces 101b and the first engagement hooks 101c made of an insulating material.
前記箱状体101の外周縁には、複数のフランジ部101dが、前記第1飾り用発光基板99が収容される部位から離間する外方に向けて延在するように形成される。そして、箱状体101の各フランジ部101dを、前記設置部材36に配設されている前記左後飾り部材97に対して金属性のネジ(導電性のネジ)102でネジ止めすることで、第2発光装置39が左後飾り部材97に位置決め固定される。なお、前記第1カバー体100は、左後飾り部材97の前記収容開口97aに箱状体101の後部側が収容された状態で、該収容開口97aの外側においてフランジ部101dが左後飾り部材97にネジ止めされている。すなわち、左後飾り部材97に対する第1カバー体100のネジ止め位置は、該第1カバー体100に保持されている前記第1飾り用発光基板99の保持部位から外側に離間し、遊技盤12側からネジ102に静電気が流れた際のLED99aに及ぼす影響を少なくし得るようになっている。   A plurality of flange portions 101 d are formed on the outer peripheral edge of the box-like body 101 so as to extend outwardly away from the portion where the first decorative light emitting substrate 99 is accommodated. Then, by screwing each flange portion 101d of the box-shaped body 101 to the left rear decoration member 97 disposed on the installation member 36 with a metal screw (conductive screw) 102, The second light emitting device 39 is positioned and fixed to the left rear decoration member 97. The first cover body 100 is configured such that the flange portion 101d has a left rear decoration member 97 outside the accommodation opening 97a in a state where the rear side of the box-shaped body 101 is accommodated in the accommodation opening 97a of the left rear decoration member 97. It is screwed to. That is, the screwing position of the first cover body 100 with respect to the left rear decoration member 97 is spaced outward from the holding portion of the first decorative light emitting substrate 99 held by the first cover body 100, and the game board 12 The influence on the LED 99a when static electricity flows from the side to the screw 102 can be reduced.
ここで、前記設置部材36を遊技盤12の裏側に取付けた際に、図25に示す如く、該第2発光装置39の第1カバー体100の前面が前記第1導光部材93の裏面に対向すると共に、該第1導光部材93の各導光通路93aの後側に夫々LED99aが対応して位置し、該LED99aを発光することで、前記左前飾り部材32の光透過部91bを裏側から照らし得るよう構成されている。   Here, when the installation member 36 is attached to the back side of the game board 12, as shown in FIG. The LED 99a is positioned correspondingly behind each light guide passage 93a of the first light guide member 93 and emits light from the LED 99a, so that the light transmitting portion 91b of the left front decoration member 32 is on the back side. It is configured so that it can be illuminated from.
(第3発光装置40について)
前記右後飾り部材98には、前記右第4装着口12eの形成位置に対応して、前記右前飾り部材33の光透過部94bを裏側から照明可能な前記第3発光装置40が配設される。この第3発光装置40の基本構成は、前記第2発光装置39と同じであって、図5、図22、図27に示す如く、前面に複数のLED(発光体)103aを実装した第2飾り用発光基板(発光基板)103と、該第2飾り用発光基板103の前面を覆った状態で該第2飾り用発光基板103を保持する第2カバー体(カバー体)104とを備える。第1カバー体104は、絶縁材料である透明な合成樹脂材から形成されたものであって、平板状の板部の外周縁に後側に突出するよう壁部を形成した後方に開口する箱状体105を備える。この箱状体105の板部には、第2飾り用発光基板103に実装したLED103aと対応する位置に光透過部としての貫通孔105aが前後に開口するよう形成されている。また箱状体105には、壁部から内側に延出して第2飾り用発光基板103の外周縁部に係脱自在に係合する第2係止片(係合部)105bが一体で設けられる。更に、箱状体105には、第2飾り用発光基板103を挟んで第2係止片105bとは反対側の位置に、第2飾り用発光基板103の外周縁部に係脱自在に係合する弾性変形可能な第2係合フック(係合部)105cが一体で設けられている。そして、第2係止片105bおよび第2係合フック105cが外周端部に係合した第2飾り用発光基板103は、各LED103aが対応する貫通孔105a内に臨む状態で、箱状体105の内部に収容保持され、第2カバー体104と第2飾り用発光基板103とは一体で取扱い得るようになっている。すなわち、第2カバー体104に対し、第2飾り用発光基板103は絶縁材料からなる第2係止片105bおよび第2係合フック105cによってのみ保持される。
(About the third light emitting device 40)
The right rear decoration member 98 is provided with the third light emitting device 40 that can illuminate the light transmitting portion 94b of the right front decoration member 33 from the back side, corresponding to the formation position of the right fourth mounting opening 12e. The The basic structure of the third light-emitting device 40 is the same as that of the second light-emitting device 39. As shown in FIGS. 5, 22, and 27, a second LED having a plurality of LEDs (light-emitting bodies) 103a mounted on the front surface. A decorative light emitting substrate (light emitting substrate) 103 and a second cover body (cover body) 104 that holds the second decorative light emitting substrate 103 in a state of covering the front surface of the second decorative light emitting substrate 103 are provided. The first cover body 104 is formed of a transparent synthetic resin material, which is an insulating material, and is a box that is opened to the rear and has a wall portion that protrudes rearward from the outer peripheral edge of the flat plate portion. The shape body 105 is provided. In the plate portion of the box-like body 105, a through hole 105a as a light transmitting portion is formed to open in the front-rear direction at a position corresponding to the LED 103a mounted on the second decorative light emitting substrate 103. The box-like body 105 is integrally provided with a second locking piece (engagement portion) 105b extending inward from the wall portion and detachably engaged with the outer peripheral edge portion of the second decorative light emitting substrate 103. It is done. Further, the box-like body 105 is detachably engaged with the outer peripheral edge of the second decorative light emitting substrate 103 at a position opposite to the second locking piece 105b with the second decorative light emitting substrate 103 interposed therebetween. A second engagement hook (engagement portion) 105c that can be elastically deformed is integrally provided. Then, the second decorative light emitting substrate 103 in which the second locking piece 105b and the second engagement hook 105c are engaged with the outer peripheral end portion is in a state where each LED 103a faces the corresponding through-hole 105a, and the box-shaped body 105. The second cover body 104 and the second decorative light emitting substrate 103 can be handled integrally. That is, the second decorative light emitting substrate 103 is held only by the second locking piece 105b and the second engagement hook 105c made of an insulating material with respect to the second cover body 104.
前記箱状体105の外周縁には、複数のフランジ部105dが、前記第2飾り用発光基板103が収容される部位から離間する外方に向けて延在するように形成される。そして、箱状体105の各フランジ部105dを、前記設置部材36に配設されている前記右後飾り部材98に対して金属性のネジ(導電性のネジ)102でネジ止めすることで、第3発光装置40が右後飾り部材98に位置決め固定される。なお、前記第2カバー体104は、右後飾り部材98の前記収容開口98aに箱状体105の後部側が収容された状態で、該収容開口98aの外側においてフランジ部105dが右後飾り部材98にネジ止めされている。すなわち、右後飾り部材98に対する第2カバー体104のネジ止め位置は、該第2カバー体104に保持されている前記第2飾り用発光基板103の保持部位から外側に離間し、遊技盤12側からネジ102に静電気が流れた際のLED103aに及ぼす影響を少なくし得るようになっている。なお、第3発光装置40では、第2カバー体104を右後飾り部材98に固定するネジ102は、該右後飾り部材98に設けた前記導通部98に接触している。また、右後飾り部材98を前記設置部材36に固定するネジに関しても、該導通部98に接触しており、遊技盤12に帯電している静電気をネジ102および導通部98bを介して設置部材36に逃し得るようになっている。なお、第2発光装置39に関しても、第3発光装置40と同様にネジ102および左後飾り部材97の導通部97bを介して静電気を設置部材36に逃し得るよう構成してもよい。   A plurality of flange portions 105 d are formed on the outer peripheral edge of the box-like body 105 so as to extend outwardly away from a portion where the second decorative light emitting substrate 103 is accommodated. Then, by screwing each flange portion 105d of the box-shaped body 105 to the right rear decoration member 98 disposed on the installation member 36 with a metal screw (conductive screw) 102, The third light emitting device 40 is positioned and fixed to the right rear decoration member 98. In the second cover body 104, the flange 105d has a right rear decoration member 98 outside the accommodation opening 98a in a state where the rear side of the box-like body 105 is accommodated in the accommodation opening 98a of the right rear decoration member 98. It is screwed to. That is, the screwing position of the second cover body 104 with respect to the right rear decoration member 98 is spaced outward from the holding portion of the second decorative light emitting substrate 103 held by the second cover body 104, and the game board 12 The influence on the LED 103a when static electricity flows from the side to the screw 102 can be reduced. In the third light emitting device 40, the screw 102 that fixes the second cover body 104 to the right rear decoration member 98 is in contact with the conductive portion 98 provided on the right rear decoration member 98. Further, regarding the screw for fixing the right rear decoration member 98 to the installation member 36, the installation member is in contact with the conduction portion 98 and the static electricity charged in the game board 12 is connected via the screw 102 and the conduction portion 98 b. 36 can be missed. Note that the second light emitting device 39 may also be configured to allow static electricity to escape to the installation member 36 through the screw 102 and the conductive portion 97b of the left rear decoration member 97 as in the third light emitting device 40.
ここで、前記設置部材36を遊技盤12の裏側に取付けた際に、図28に示す如く、該第3発光装置40の第2カバー体104の前面が前記第2導光部材96の裏面に対向すると共に、該第2導光部材96の各導光通路96aの後側に夫々LED103aが対応して位置し、該LED103aを発光することで、前記右前飾り部材33の光透過部94bを裏側から照らし得るよう構成されている。   Here, when the installation member 36 is attached to the back side of the game board 12, the front surface of the second cover body 104 of the third light emitting device 40 faces the back surface of the second light guide member 96 as shown in FIG. Oppositely, the LEDs 103a are correspondingly positioned on the rear side of the respective light guide passages 96a of the second light guide member 96, and the LED 103a emits light so that the light transmitting portion 94b of the right front decoration member 33 is on the back side. It is configured so that it can be illuminated from.
(第4発光装置41について)
次に、前記ステージ45の後方に配設された前記第4発光装置(演出装置)41について説明する。第4発光装置41は、図29〜図33に示すように、後方に開口する箱状の収容部材106と、該収容部材106に内部画成した収容部106a,106bに収容される前後に重なる複数(実施例では2枚)の透明パネル(表示部材)107,108と、各透明パネル107,108に対して外周端面側から光を照射する第1LED(第1発光体,別の発光体)109a,109bを実装した第1発光基板(発光基板)109と、最後部の透明パネル108に対して後面(板面)側から光を照射する第2LED(第2発光体,発光体)110aを実装した第2発光基板110とを基本的に備える。
(About the fourth light emitting device 41)
Next, the fourth light emitting device (effect device) 41 disposed behind the stage 45 will be described. As shown in FIGS. 29 to 33, the fourth light emitting device 41 overlaps before and after being housed in a box-shaped housing member 106 that opens to the rear and housing portions 106 a and 106 b that are internally defined in the housing member 106. A plurality of (in the embodiment, two) transparent panels (display members) 107 and 108, and a first LED (first light emitter, another light emitter) that irradiates light to each transparent panel 107, 108 from the outer peripheral end face side A first light emitting substrate (light emitting substrate) 109 on which 109a and 109b are mounted and a second LED (second light emitting body, light emitting body) 110a that irradiates light from the rear surface (plate surface) side to the rearmost transparent panel 108. A mounted second light emitting substrate 110 is basically provided.
(収容部材106について)
前記収容部材106は、所要の装飾が施された前壁111と、該前壁111の外周縁から後方に延在する前周壁112と、該前周壁112の左右両側縁から外側方に延在する後壁113,113と、左右の後壁113,113の外周縁から後方に延在する後周壁114とから、後方に開口する箱状に形成されている。そして、前壁111および前周壁112とにより第1収容部106aが画成されると共に、該第1収容部106aの後方に連通する状態で左右の後壁113,113および後周壁114とにより第2収容部106bが画成される。なお、第1収容部106aの前後方向の奥行き寸法は、第2収容部106bの前後方向の奥行き寸法より大きく設定される。
(About the housing member 106)
The housing member 106 includes a front wall 111 with a required decoration, a front peripheral wall 112 extending rearward from the outer peripheral edge of the front wall 111, and extending outward from left and right side edges of the front peripheral wall 112. The rear walls 113 and 113 and the rear peripheral walls 114 extending rearward from the outer peripheral edges of the left and right rear walls 113 and 113 are formed in a box shape that opens rearward. The first housing portion 106a is defined by the front wall 111 and the front peripheral wall 112, and the first left and right rear walls 113, 113 and the rear peripheral wall 114 are connected to the rear of the first storage portion 106a. 2 accommodating portion 106b is defined. In addition, the depth dimension of the 1st accommodating part 106a in the front-back direction is set larger than the depth dimension of the front-back direction of the 2nd accommodating part 106b.
前記収容部材106の前壁111には、前後方向に貫通する表示開口(可視部)111aが、左右方向に離間して複数箇所(実施例では2箇所)に形成されている。そして、第4発光装置41を前記設置部材36に配設した状態で、収容部材106の表示開口111a,111aが、前記ステージ45における第2後壁部56の後方に臨み、該第2後壁部56を透して表示開口111a,111a内を前側から視認し得るようになっている。実施例では、第2後壁部56において、前記画壁56a,56aで画成される第1の球通過口57を挟む左右両側に表示開口111a,111aが臨んでいる。なお、収容部材106は、全体に金属メッキが施されて光を透過しないよう構成されており、前側からは表示開口111a,111a内のみが視認可能に構成してある。また、第2後壁部56の後方に臨む両表示開口111a,111aは、図32に示す如く、前記第2庇状部64の後端より下方、すなわち第2庇状部64における下面の後方への延長線Tより下方に位置するよう設定されて、該第2庇部64によって表示開口111a,111a内で行なわれる発光演出(具体的には図柄107a,108aの表示)が見え難くならないようになっている。   In the front wall 111 of the housing member 106, display openings (visible parts) 111a penetrating in the front-rear direction are formed at a plurality of locations (two locations in the embodiment) spaced apart in the left-right direction. Then, in a state where the fourth light emitting device 41 is disposed on the installation member 36, the display openings 111a and 111a of the housing member 106 face the rear of the second rear wall portion 56 in the stage 45, and the second rear wall. Through the part 56, the inside of the display openings 111a and 111a can be viewed from the front side. In the embodiment, the display openings 111a and 111a face the left and right sides of the second rear wall portion 56 sandwiching the first ball passage opening 57 defined by the image walls 56a and 56a. The housing member 106 is configured so that the entire surface is metal-plated so as not to transmit light, and only the display openings 111a and 111a are visible from the front side. Further, as shown in FIG. 32, the display openings 111a and 111a facing the rear of the second rear wall portion 56 are below the rear end of the second hook-like portion 64, that is, behind the lower surface of the second hook-like portion 64. The light emission effect (specifically, the display of the symbols 107a and 108a) performed in the display openings 111a and 111a by the second collar 64 is set so as to be positioned below the extension line T to the screen. It has become.
前記収容部材106の前壁111の裏面には、図30に示す如く、複数(実施例では3つ)の第1取付け突部115が後方に所定長さで延出するよう設けられ、各第1取付け突部115には、後側に開口するネジ孔が形成されている。実施例では、前壁111の上側において左右方向に離間して2つの第1取付け突部115,115が設けられると共に、該前壁111の下側において左右方向の略中央に1つの第1取付け突部115が設けられている。また、第1収容部106aにおける下部側を画成する前周壁112の左右方向(前後方向と交差する方向)で対向する内面に、対向方向(第1収容部106a側)に開放する一対のガイド溝112a,112aが前後方向に延在して形成される。なお、ガイド溝112a,112aは、後側に開放し、両ガイド溝112a,112aに対して後側から第1発光基板109を挿通し得るようになっている。前壁111と前周壁112との連設部の1箇所に、第1収容部106aに突出する嵌合突起116が設けられており、該嵌合突起116は、後述するように前記複数の透明パネル107,108の取付け順および取付け向きを規定するものとして機能する。なお、実施例の嵌合突起116の前後寸法は、第1透明パネル107の厚みと第1遮光部材119(後述)の厚みを合わせた値に設定される。   On the back surface of the front wall 111 of the housing member 106, as shown in FIG. 30, a plurality (three in the embodiment) of first mounting projections 115 are provided to extend rearward by a predetermined length. The 1 attachment protrusion 115 is formed with a screw hole that opens to the rear side. In the embodiment, two first attachment protrusions 115 and 115 are provided on the upper side of the front wall 111 so as to be separated from each other in the left-right direction, and one first attachment projection is provided at the approximate center in the left-right direction below the front wall 111. A protrusion 115 is provided. In addition, a pair of guides opened in the facing direction (on the first housing portion 106a side) on the inner surface of the front peripheral wall 112 that defines the lower side of the first housing portion 106a in the left-right direction (direction intersecting the front-rear direction). Grooves 112a and 112a are formed extending in the front-rear direction. The guide grooves 112a and 112a are opened to the rear side so that the first light emitting substrate 109 can be inserted into the guide grooves 112a and 112a from the rear side. A fitting projection 116 protruding from the first housing portion 106a is provided at one location of the connecting portion between the front wall 111 and the front peripheral wall 112. It functions as defining the mounting order and mounting direction of the panels 107 and 108. In addition, the front-rear dimension of the fitting protrusion 116 of the embodiment is set to a value obtained by adding the thickness of the first transparent panel 107 and the thickness of the first light shielding member 119 (described later).
前記収容部材106における左右の後壁113,113に、後側に開口するネジ孔が形成された第2取付け突部117と位置決めピン118とが夫々後方に向けて突設され、該第2取付け突部117および位置決めピン118を介して第2発光基板110が第2収容室106bに収容された状態で位置決め固定される。なお、収容部材106に第2発光基板110を配設した状態で、該第2発光基板110と前周壁112における下部側の後端面との間に隙間が画成されるよう構成され、該隙間を介して前記第1収容部106aに収容した第1発光基板109から導出する配線(図示せず)を後方に引き出し得るようにしてある。   The left and right rear walls 113 of the housing member 106 are respectively provided with a second attachment projection 117 having a screw hole opened on the rear side and a positioning pin 118 projecting rearwardly. The second light emitting substrate 110 is positioned and fixed in a state of being accommodated in the second accommodating chamber 106b via the protrusion 117 and the positioning pin 118. In the state where the second light emitting substrate 110 is disposed on the housing member 106, a gap is defined between the second light emitting substrate 110 and the lower rear end surface of the front peripheral wall 112. A wiring (not shown) led out from the first light emitting substrate 109 accommodated in the first accommodating portion 106a can be pulled out rearwardly via the first and second accommodating portions 106a.
(透明パネル107,108について)
前記収容部材106の第1収容部106aには、図31、図32、図33に示す如く、前側から後側へ第1透明パネル107、第1遮光部材119、第2透明パネル108、第2遮光部材120およびレンズ部材121の順に重ねた状態で収容されている。第1透明パネル107は、透明で平板状の部材であって、前記収容部材106の前壁111に形成した2つの表示開口111a,111aに対応する位置に、外周端面から内部に導入される光が反射することで前側から視認可能となる第1図柄(図柄)107aが夫々形成されている。また第2透明パネル108は、第1透明パネル107と同じく透明で平板状の部材であって、収容部材106の前壁111に形成した2つの表示開口111a,111aに対応する位置に、外周端面から内部に導入される光が反射することで前側から視認可能となる第2図柄(図柄)108aが夫々形成されている。すなわち、実施例では第1透明パネル107の第1図柄107aと、第2透明パネル108の第2図柄108aとが、対応する表示開口111aの後側で夫々前後に重なるように位置している。実施例では、図29に示す如く、第1透明パネル107に、第1図柄107aとして、数字の「1」と「2」が形成されると共に、第2透明パネル108に、第2図柄108aとして、数字の「3」と「4」が形成されている。なお、各透明パネル107,108に形成される各図柄107a,108aは、数字に限らず、パチンコ機10のモチーフとなるキャラクターに関連する文字や図形等、その他のものであってもよい。
(About transparent panels 107 and 108)
As shown in FIGS. 31, 32, and 33, the first housing portion 106a of the housing member 106 includes a first transparent panel 107, a first light shielding member 119, a second transparent panel 108, and a second transparent panel from the front side to the rear side. The light shielding member 120 and the lens member 121 are housed in a stacked state. The first transparent panel 107 is a transparent and flat plate-shaped member, and is introduced into the interior from the outer peripheral end surface at a position corresponding to the two display openings 111a and 111a formed on the front wall 111 of the housing member 106. The first pattern (symbol) 107a which can be visually recognized from the front side by reflecting is formed respectively. The second transparent panel 108 is a transparent and flat plate member similar to the first transparent panel 107 and has an outer peripheral end surface at a position corresponding to the two display openings 111a and 111a formed on the front wall 111 of the housing member 106. Second patterns (symbols) 108a that are visible from the front side by reflecting light introduced into the interior from the inside are respectively formed. That is, in the embodiment, the first symbol 107a of the first transparent panel 107 and the second symbol 108a of the second transparent panel 108 are positioned so as to overlap each other on the rear side of the corresponding display opening 111a. In the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 29, numbers “1” and “2” are formed as the first symbol 107a on the first transparent panel 107, and the second symbol 108a is formed on the second transparent panel 108. The numbers “3” and “4” are formed. The symbols 107 a and 108 a formed on the transparent panels 107 and 108 are not limited to numbers, and may be other characters, figures, and the like related to the character that is the motif of the pachinko machine 10.
ここで、前記第1および第2透明パネル107,108に対して前側および後側の板面(前面,後面)から照射される光は、前記図柄107a,108aで殆ど反射することなく透過して、該図柄107a,108aは前側から殆ど視認されないよう構成される。すなわち、透明パネル107,108の図柄107a,108aは、裏側に位置する第2LED110aからの光が裏面に照射されたときには浮かび上がるように表示されることなく、第1LED109a,109bから照射された光が外周端面から内部に導入されたときに前側から視認可能となって浮かび上がるように表示される。   Here, the light emitted from the front and rear plate surfaces (front surface, rear surface) with respect to the first and second transparent panels 107 and 108 is transmitted through the patterns 107a and 108a with almost no reflection. The symbols 107a and 108a are configured to be hardly visible from the front side. That is, the patterns 107a and 108a of the transparent panels 107 and 108 are not displayed so as to float when the light from the second LED 110a located on the back side is irradiated on the back surface, and the light emitted from the first LEDs 109a and 109b is not displayed. When it is introduced into the inside from the outer peripheral end face, it is visible from the front side and displayed so as to emerge.
前記図柄107a,108aの形成方法としては、レーザー彫刻方法等、各種の方法を用いることができる。例えば、印刷基材の表面に印刷によってインクの凹凸からなる印刷パターンを形成し、この印刷パターンを有する印刷基材を配置した成形金型を用いて透明パネルを成形し、得られた透明パネルから印刷基材および印刷パターンを剥離することで、インクによる凹凸の転写により形成された凸凹からなる図柄を表面に形成する方法。また、フィルムの表面に、透明な紫外線硬化樹脂による転写用の凸模様と、その凸模様に施した転写用の印刷インク層とを形成し、前記フィルムを凸模様の印刷インク層をキャビティに向けて配置した金型を用いてインモールド成形により透明パネルを成形し、得られた透明パネルからフィルムを剥離することで、紫外線硬化樹脂による印刷インク層の転写により図柄を表面に形成する方法も採用可能である。   Various methods such as a laser engraving method can be used as a method for forming the symbols 107a and 108a. For example, by forming a printing pattern composed of unevenness of ink by printing on the surface of the printing substrate, forming a transparent panel using a molding die on which the printing substrate having this printing pattern is arranged, and from the obtained transparent panel A method of forming on a surface a pattern comprising irregularities formed by transferring irregularities with ink by peeling a printing substrate and a printing pattern. In addition, a convex pattern for transfer using a transparent ultraviolet curable resin and a printing ink layer for transfer applied to the convex pattern are formed on the surface of the film, and the film is directed toward the cavity with the convex printing ink layer. A method of forming a pattern on the surface by transferring a printing ink layer with an ultraviolet curable resin by forming a transparent panel by in-mold molding using a mold placed in place and peeling the film from the obtained transparent panel is also adopted Is possible.
前記第1および第2透明パネル107,108には、図29、図30に示す如く、前記収容部材106の前壁111に設けた3つの第1取付け突部115に対応する位置に、前後方向に開口す貫通孔107b,108bが夫々が形成されており、3つの第1取付け突部115を対応する貫通孔107b,108bに夫々挿通することで、第1および第2透明パネル107,108は上下方向が正しい向きで収容部材106に対して取付けられる。また第1透明パネル107には、収容部材106の前壁111に突設した前記嵌合突起116に対応する位置に、該嵌合突起116が嵌合可能な位置決め凹部107cが形成されており、該位置決め凹部107cに嵌合突起116が嵌合した状態で、該第1透明パネル107は前後が正しい向きで収容部材106に取付けられるようになっている。これに対し、第2透明パネル108には、前壁111の嵌合突起116に対応する位置に凹部は形成されておらず、第2透明パネル108を第1透明パネル107より前側に取付けようとしても、嵌合突起116がパネル板面に当接することで第2透明パネル108が傾いて正しい姿勢で取付けられないよう構成される。なお、第2透明パネル108には、上下および前後の各向きが正しい状態で、嵌合突起116と対向する側とは左右方向の反対側の側端部に切欠部108cが形成されており、該切欠部108cは、前記複数の遮光部材119,120の取付け順および取付け向きを規定するものとして機能する。   As shown in FIGS. 29 and 30, the first and second transparent panels 107 and 108 are arranged at positions corresponding to the three first mounting protrusions 115 provided on the front wall 111 of the housing member 106 in the front-rear direction. The first and second transparent panels 107 and 108 are formed by inserting the three first mounting protrusions 115 into the corresponding through holes 107b and 108b, respectively. It is attached to the housing member 106 in the correct vertical direction. The first transparent panel 107 is formed with a positioning recess 107c into which the fitting protrusion 116 can be fitted at a position corresponding to the fitting protrusion 116 protruding from the front wall 111 of the housing member 106. The first transparent panel 107 is attached to the housing member 106 with the front and rear being in the correct orientation with the fitting protrusion 116 fitted in the positioning recess 107c. On the other hand, the second transparent panel 108 is not formed with a recess at a position corresponding to the fitting protrusion 116 of the front wall 111, and the second transparent panel 108 is to be attached to the front side of the first transparent panel 107. In addition, the second transparent panel 108 is inclined so that the fitting projection 116 is in contact with the panel plate surface and cannot be attached in a correct posture. The second transparent panel 108 is formed with a notch 108c at the side end opposite to the side facing the fitting projection 116 in the right and left direction with the vertical and front and back directions being correct. The notch portion 108c functions to define the mounting order and mounting direction of the plurality of light shielding members 119, 120.
(遮光部材119,120について)
前記第1遮光部材(遮光部材)119は、図29、図30に示す如く、前記両透明パネル107,108と略同一外形形状に形成された非光透過性の平板状の部材であって、両透明パネル107,108に形成された各図柄107a,108aと対応する位置に、該図柄107a,108aを囲む寸法で前後方向に開口する第1開口部(開口部)119aが夫々開設されている。すなわち、両透明パネル107,108は、第1開口部119aに対応する部位(図柄107a,108aの形成領域)を除く部分が非光透過性の第1遮光部材119で隔てられて、第1開口部119a以外の部分での前後方向の光の透過は該第1遮光部材119で阻止されるようになっている。なお、図柄の形成領域とは、実際に図柄が形成されている部位のみを指すのではなく、該図柄を含む周囲の所定の領域を意味する。
(About shading members 119 and 120)
The first light-shielding member (light-shielding member) 119 is a non-light-transmissive plate-like member formed in substantially the same outer shape as the transparent panels 107 and 108 as shown in FIGS. A first opening (opening) 119a that opens in the front-rear direction and has a dimension that surrounds the symbols 107a and 108a is provided at a position corresponding to the symbols 107a and 108a formed on the transparent panels 107 and 108, respectively. . That is, both the transparent panels 107 and 108 are separated from each other by the first light-shielding member 119 that is non-light transmissive except for the portion corresponding to the first opening 119a (the formation region of the symbols 107a and 108a). Transmission of light in the front-rear direction at portions other than the portion 119a is blocked by the first light shielding member 119. In addition, the formation area of a symbol does not indicate only the part where the symbol is actually formed, but means a predetermined area around the symbol.
前記第1遮光部材119には、前記収容部材106の前壁111に設けた3つの第1取付け突部115に対応する位置に、前後方向に開口す貫通孔119bが夫々が形成されており、3つの第1取付け突部115を対応する貫通孔119bに夫々挿通することで、第1遮光部材119は上下方向が正しい向きで収容部材106に対して取付けられる。また、第1遮光部材119における収容部材106の前壁111に突設した嵌合突起116に対応する位置に、該嵌合突起116が嵌合可能な位置決め凹部119cが形成され、該位置決め凹部119cに嵌合突起116が嵌合した状態で、該第1遮光部材119は前後が正しい向きで収容部材106に取付けられるようになっている。なお、第1遮光部材119には、上下および前後の各向きが正しい状態で、嵌合突起116と対向する側とは左右方向の反対側の側端部に、後側に突出する突起119dが形成されており、該突起119dは、当該第1遮光部材119および該第1遮光部材119より後側に取付けられる第2透明パネル108および第2遮光部材120の取付け向きを規定するものとして機能する。   In the first light shielding member 119, through holes 119b that open in the front-rear direction are formed at positions corresponding to the three first mounting protrusions 115 provided on the front wall 111 of the housing member 106, respectively. By inserting the three first attachment protrusions 115 into the corresponding through holes 119b, the first light shielding member 119 is attached to the housing member 106 in the correct vertical direction. Further, a positioning recess 119c into which the fitting projection 116 can be fitted is formed at a position corresponding to the fitting projection 116 protruding from the front wall 111 of the housing member 106 in the first light shielding member 119, and the positioning recess 119c. The first light-shielding member 119 is attached to the housing member 106 in the correct orientation in the front-rear direction in a state where the fitting projection 116 is fitted. The first light-shielding member 119 has a protrusion 119d that protrudes rearward at the side end opposite to the side facing the fitting protrusion 116 in the right and left and front and rear directions. The protrusions 119d are formed and function as defining the mounting direction of the first light shielding member 119 and the second transparent panel 108 and the second light shielding member 120 attached to the rear side of the first light shielding member 119. .
前記第1遮光部材119は、該第1遮光部材119の前後に第1および第2透明パネル107,108を重ねた状態で、両透明パネル107,108の下端から下方に延出する下遮光部分119eが設けられている。この下遮光部分119eの下端は、第1遮光部材119が収容部材106に取付けられた状態で、前記第1発光基板109の上面に近接して、後述するように前第1LED109aと後第1LED109bの配設位置を前後に仕切り、前第1LED109aの光が第2透明パネル108の外周端面に照射されるのを防ぐと共に、後第1LED109bの光が第1透明パネル107の外周端面に照射されるのを防ぐよう構成される。   The first light-shielding member 119 is a lower light-shielding portion that extends downward from the lower ends of the transparent panels 107 and 108 in a state where the first and second transparent panels 107 and 108 are overlapped before and after the first light-shielding member 119. 119e is provided. The lower end of the lower light shielding portion 119e is close to the upper surface of the first light emitting substrate 109 in a state where the first light shielding member 119 is attached to the housing member 106, and the front first LED 109a and the rear first LED 109b are described later. The arrangement position is divided back and forth to prevent the light from the front first LED 109a from being applied to the outer peripheral end surface of the second transparent panel 108, and the light from the rear first LED 109b is applied to the outer peripheral end surface of the first transparent panel 107. Configured to prevent.
前記第2遮光部材(遮光部材,保持部材)120は、図29、図30に示す如く、第1遮光部材119と同様に、前記両透明パネル107,108と略同一外形形状に形成された非光透過性の平板状の部材であって、両透明パネル107,108に形成された各図柄107a,108aと対応する位置に、該図柄107a,108aを囲む寸法で前後方向に開口する第2開口部(開口部)120aが夫々開設されている。第2遮光部材120には、前記収容部材106の前壁111に設けた3つの第1取付け突部115に対応する位置に、前後方向に開口す貫通孔120bが夫々が形成されており、3つの第1取付け突部115を対応する貫通孔120bに夫々挿通することで、第2遮光部材120は上下方向が正しい向きで収容部材106に対して取付けられる。また、第2遮光部材120における第1遮光部材119の突起119dと対応する位置に、該突起119dが嵌合可能な位置決め凹部120cが形成され、該位置決め凹部120cに突起119dが嵌合した状態で、該第2遮光部材120は前後が正しい向きで収容部材106に取付けられるようになっている。   As shown in FIGS. 29 and 30, the second light shielding member (light shielding member, holding member) 120 is formed in a substantially identical outer shape to the transparent panels 107 and 108, as with the first light shielding member 119. A light-transmitting flat plate-like member, which is a second opening that opens in the front-rear direction in a dimension surrounding the symbols 107a and 108a at positions corresponding to the symbols 107a and 108a formed on the transparent panels 107 and 108. Each part (opening) 120a is opened. In the second light shielding member 120, through holes 120b that open in the front-rear direction are formed at positions corresponding to the three first mounting protrusions 115 provided on the front wall 111 of the housing member 106, respectively. By inserting the first attachment protrusions 115 into the corresponding through holes 120b, the second light shielding member 120 is attached to the housing member 106 in the correct vertical direction. Further, a positioning recess 120c in which the projection 119d can be fitted is formed at a position corresponding to the projection 119d of the first light shielding member 119 in the second light shielding member 120, and the projection 119d is fitted in the positioning recess 120c. The second light-shielding member 120 is attached to the housing member 106 with the front and rear being in the correct orientation.
前記第2遮光部材120の下端縁には、前記第2透明パネル108より下方に延出する複数(実施例では2つ)の保持片120dが左右方向に離間して形成されている。この保持片120d,120dは、前記第1発光基板109の後端に当接して、該第1発光基板109の後方移動を規制するべく機能する。   A plurality of (two in the embodiment) holding pieces 120d extending downward from the second transparent panel 108 are formed on the lower end edge of the second light shielding member 120 so as to be spaced apart in the left-right direction. The holding pieces 120d and 120d abut on the rear end of the first light emitting substrate 109 and function to regulate the backward movement of the first light emitting substrate 109.
(レンズ部材121)
前記レンズ部材121は、前記第2遮光部材120における2つの第2開口部120a,120aを後側から覆い得る寸法に設定される。このレンズ部材121の外周縁には、図29、図30に示す如く、前記収容部材106の前壁111に設けた3つの第1取付け突部115の夫々に対応する位置に、該第1取付け突部115の後端が嵌合する筒受部121aが設けられている。そして、各筒受部121aに形成した通孔に後側から挿通したネジを、対応する第1取付け突部115のネジ孔に螺挿することで、当該レンズ部材121が収容部材106に取付けられる。このとき、2枚の透明パネル107,108および2枚の遮光部材119,120は、収容部材106の前壁111とレンズ部材121とで挟持されて、これら4つの部材107,108,119,120は前後方向に相互に重なった状態に保持されるようになっている(図31、図32、図33参照)。なお、下部央央に設けた筒受部121aに、下方に延出する位置決め片121bが設けられ、該位置決め片121bが第2遮光部材120の下端後部に後側から当接することで、該第2遮光部材120の下端側での位置決めを行なうよう構成される。
(Lens member 121)
The lens member 121 is set to a size that can cover the two second openings 120a and 120a in the second light shielding member 120 from the rear side. On the outer peripheral edge of the lens member 121, as shown in FIGS. 29 and 30, the first attachment is provided at a position corresponding to each of the three first attachment projections 115 provided on the front wall 111 of the housing member 106. A tube receiving portion 121a into which the rear end of the projection 115 is fitted is provided. Then, the lens member 121 is attached to the housing member 106 by screwing the screw inserted from the rear side into the through hole formed in each tube receiving portion 121a into the screw hole of the corresponding first attachment protrusion 115. . At this time, the two transparent panels 107 and 108 and the two light shielding members 119 and 120 are sandwiched between the front wall 111 of the housing member 106 and the lens member 121, and these four members 107, 108, 119 and 120 are sandwiched. Are held in a state of overlapping each other in the front-rear direction (see FIGS. 31, 32, and 33). In addition, a positioning piece 121b that extends downward is provided in a tube receiving portion 121a provided in the lower center, and the positioning piece 121b comes into contact with the rear end of the lower end of the second light shielding member 120 from the rear side, thereby 2 It is configured to perform positioning on the lower end side of the light shielding member 120.
前記レンズ部材121には、第2遮光部材120の各第2開口部120aと対応する位置にレンズ部121cが夫々形成されると共に、各レンズ部121cの裏面には光拡散加工が施されている(図30参照)。そして、各レンズ部121cに、後述するように第2LED110aからの光が照射され、該光が光拡散加工の作用によって拡散することで、前記透明パネル107,108の図柄107a,108aがより視認し難くなるよう構成される。実施例では、光拡散加工が施されたレンズ部121cが光拡散部となるが、板面に光拡散加工のみを施してレンズ作用を奏しない部分を光拡散部としてもよい。   In the lens member 121, a lens portion 121c is formed at a position corresponding to each second opening 120a of the second light shielding member 120, and the back surface of each lens portion 121c is subjected to light diffusion processing. (See FIG. 30). Then, as will be described later, the light from the second LED 110a is irradiated to each lens portion 121c, and the light is diffused by the action of light diffusion processing, so that the symbols 107a and 108a of the transparent panels 107 and 108 are more visually recognized. Configured to be difficult. In the embodiment, the lens portion 121c that has been subjected to the light diffusing process serves as the light diffusing portion. However, the portion that does not exhibit the lens action by performing only the light diffusing process on the plate surface may be used as the light diffusing portion.
(第1発光基板109について)
前記第1発光基板109は、前記収容部材106に形成した前記一対のガイド溝112a,112aに両側端縁を挿入したもとで、前端をガイド溝112a,112aを画成する前側の壁(前壁111)に当接すると共に、後端に前記第2遮光部材120の保持片120d,120dが当接した状態で、前記透明パネル107,108の下方に略水平姿勢で位置決め保持される。第1発光基板109には、収容部材106に位置決め保持された状態で、前記第1遮光部材119の下遮光部分119eより前側の領域に、前記第1透明パネル107の下端面(外周端面)に向けて光を照射する複数の前第1LDE109aが、該第1透明パネル107に形成された各第1図柄107a,107aに対応して実装されている。そして、前第1LED109aを発光することで、第1透明パネル107に下端面から導入された光が第1図柄107aで反射して、該第1図柄107aが浮かび上がるように表示される。実施例では、左右の各第1図柄107aの下方に夫々4つの前第1LED109aが左右方向(第1透明パネル107の下端面の延在方向)に離間して実装されており、以後の説明において左側の第1図柄107aに対応する前第1LED109aを左前第1LEDと指称し、右側の第1図柄107aに対応する前第1LED109aを右前第1LEDと指称する場合もある。
(About the first light emitting substrate 109)
The first light emitting substrate 109 has a front wall (front wall) defining the guide grooves 112a and 112a with the front ends thereof being inserted into the pair of guide grooves 112a and 112a formed in the housing member 106. The holding pieces 120d and 120d of the second light shielding member 120 are in contact with the rear end and positioned and held below the transparent panels 107 and 108 in a substantially horizontal posture. The first light-emitting substrate 109 is positioned and held by the housing member 106 and is located on the lower end surface (outer peripheral end surface) of the first transparent panel 107 in a region in front of the lower light-shielding portion 119e of the first light-shielding member 119. A plurality of front first LDEs 109 a that irradiate light toward the first transparent panel 107 are mounted so as to correspond to the first symbols 107 a and 107 a formed on the first transparent panel 107. Then, by emitting light from the first first LED 109a, the light introduced from the lower end surface of the first transparent panel 107 is reflected by the first pattern 107a, and the first pattern 107a is displayed so as to emerge. In the embodiment, four front first LEDs 109a are mounted separately below the left and right first designs 107a in the left-right direction (the extending direction of the lower end surface of the first transparent panel 107). The front first LED 109a corresponding to the left first symbol 107a may be referred to as a left front first LED, and the front first LED 109a corresponding to the right first symbol 107a may be referred to as a right front first LED.
前記左前第1LED109aと右前第1LED109aとは個別に点灯・消灯制御可能に構成されており、左前第1LED109aを点灯(発光)した場合は、左側の第1図柄107aが表示され、右前第1LED109aを点灯(発光)した場合は、右側の第1図柄107aが表示され、左右の前第1LED109a,109aを点灯(発光)した場合は、左右の第1図柄107a,107aが表示されるように構成されている。   The left front first LED 109a and the right front first LED 109a can be individually turned on / off. When the left front first LED 109a is lit (emitted), the left first graphic 107a is displayed and the right front first LED 109a is lit. When the (light emission) is performed, the right first symbol 107a is displayed, and when the left and right front first LEDs 109a and 109a are turned on (light emission), the left and right first symbols 107a and 107a are displayed. Yes.
前記第1発光基板109には、前記第1遮光部材119の下遮光部分119eより後側の領域に、前記第2透明パネル108の下端面(外周端面)に向けて光を照射する複数の後第1LDE109bが、該第2透明パネル108に形成された各第2図柄108a,108aに対応して実装されている。そして、後第1LED109bを発光することで、第2透明パネル108に下端面から導入された光が第2図柄108aで反射して、該第2図柄108aが浮かび上がるように表示される。実施例では、左右の各第2図柄108aの下方に夫々3つの後第1LED109bが左右方向(第2透明パネル108の下端面の延在方向)に離間して実装されており、以後の説明において左側の第2図柄108aに対応する後第1LED109bを左後第1LEDと指称し、右側の第2図柄108aに対応する後第1LED109bを右後第1LEDと指称する場合もある。   The first light-emitting substrate 109 is irradiated with a plurality of rear light beams that irradiate light toward the lower end surface (outer peripheral end surface) of the second transparent panel 108 in a region behind the lower light-shielding portion 119e of the first light-shielding member 119. The first LDE 109b is mounted corresponding to each of the second symbols 108a and 108a formed on the second transparent panel 108. Then, after the first LED 109b emits light, the light introduced from the lower end surface to the second transparent panel 108 is reflected by the second symbol 108a, and the second symbol 108a is displayed so as to emerge. In the embodiment, three rear first LEDs 109b are mounted below the left and right second symbols 108a, respectively, spaced apart in the left-right direction (the extending direction of the lower end surface of the second transparent panel 108). The rear first LED 109b corresponding to the left second symbol 108a may be referred to as a left rear first LED, and the rear first LED 109b corresponding to the right second symbol 108a may be referred to as a right rear first LED.
前記左後第1LED109bと右後第1LED109bとは個別に点灯・消灯制御可能に構成されており、左後第1LED109bを点灯(発光)した場合は、左側の第2図柄108aが表示され、右後第1LED109bを点灯(発光)した場合は、右側の第2図柄108aが表示され、左右の後第1LED109b,109bを点灯(発光)した場合は、左右の第2図柄108a,108aが表示されるように構成されている。なお、第1LED109a,109bの発光色については、左右で異なる色(例えば赤と緑)としたり、同色としてもよい。また、各第1LED109a,109bとして、フルカラーLEDを採用してもよい。   The left rear first LED 109b and the right rear first LED 109b can be individually turned on / off. When the left rear first LED 109b is turned on (lights on), the left second design 108a is displayed, and the right rear When the first LED 109b is lit (emitted), the right second symbol 108a is displayed, and when the left and right rear first LEDs 109b, 109b are lit (emitted), the left and right second symbols 108a, 108a are displayed. It is configured. In addition, about the luminescent color of 1st LED109a, 109b, it is good also as a color (for example, red and green) which is different in right and left, or may be the same color. Moreover, you may employ | adopt full color LED as each 1st LED109a, 109b.
(第2発光基板110について)
前記第2発光基板110は、前記収容部材106の後壁113,113の夫々に設けた第2取付け突部117と位置決めピン118とを介して前記レンズ部材121の後方に前面を対向した姿勢で収容部材106に位置決め固定されている。第2発光基板110の前面には、レンズ部材121の各レンズ部121cに対応する位置に、複数の第2LED110aが夫々実装されている。すなわち、第2LED110aは、レンズ部121cおよび2枚の透明パネル107,108を介して前記第2後壁部56と対向し、第2LED110aを発光することで、各レンズ部121cで光が拡散した状態を、第2後壁部56を透して前記収容部材106の対応する表示開口111aから視認し得るよう構成される。以後の説明において、左側のレンズ部121c(図柄107a,108a)に対応する第2LED110aを左第2LEDと指称し、右側のレンズ部121c(図柄107a,108a)に対応する第2LED110aを右第2LEDと指称する場合もある。また、左第2LED110aと右第2LED110aとは個別に点灯・消灯制御可能で、かつ前記第1LED109b,109bに対しても個別に点灯・消灯制御可能に構成される。
(About the second light emitting substrate 110)
The second light emitting substrate 110 has a posture in which the front surface is opposed to the rear of the lens member 121 through a second mounting projection 117 and a positioning pin 118 provided on the rear walls 113 and 113 of the housing member 106, respectively. It is positioned and fixed to the housing member 106. A plurality of second LEDs 110a are mounted on the front surface of the second light emitting substrate 110 at positions corresponding to the lens portions 121c of the lens member 121, respectively. That is, the second LED 110a faces the second rear wall portion 56 through the lens portion 121c and the two transparent panels 107 and 108, and light is emitted from the second LED 110a, whereby light is diffused in each lens portion 121c. Is configured to be visible from the corresponding display opening 111 a of the housing member 106 through the second rear wall portion 56. In the following description, the second LED 110a corresponding to the left lens portion 121c (design 107a, 108a) will be referred to as the left second LED, and the second LED 110a corresponding to the right lens portion 121c (design 107a, 108a) will be referred to as the right second LED. It may also be referred to. The left second LED 110a and the right second LED 110a can be individually turned on / off, and the first LEDs 109b and 109b can be turned on / off individually.
(実施例の作用)
次に、前述のように構成された実施例に係るパチンコ機10の作用につき説明する。
(Operation of Example)
Next, the operation of the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment configured as described above will be described.
前記中枠13の前面側に設けられた前記操作ハンドル18の操作レバー18aを遊技者が回転操作すると、前記打球発射装置から発射されたパチンコ球Pが前記遊技盤12に設けた案内レール19により画成された発射通路19aを介して遊技領域20内に打ち出される。このとき、前記操作レバー18aの回動量に応じてパチンコ球Pの打ち出し位置が変化し、打ち出し位置に応じて遊技領域20の第1経路20aまたは第2経路20bをパチンコ球Pが流下する。前記特定条件が成立していない状態(大当り状態、確率変動状態、時間短縮状態となっていない状態)では、第1経路20aを流下する「左打ち」となるようパチンコ球Pが打ち出される。   When a player rotates an operation lever 18a of the operation handle 18 provided on the front side of the middle frame 13, a pachinko ball P emitted from the hitting ball launcher is guided by a guide rail 19 provided on the game board 12. The game is launched into the game area 20 through the defined launch passage 19a. At this time, the launch position of the pachinko ball P changes according to the rotation amount of the operation lever 18a, and the pachinko ball P flows down the first path 20a or the second path 20b of the game area 20 according to the launch position. In a state where the specific condition is not satisfied (a state where a big hit state, a probability variation state, or a time shortening state is not established), the pachinko ball P is launched so as to be “left-handed” flowing down the first path 20a.
(ステージ45の作用)
前記第1経路20aを流下するパチンコ球Pが前記球導入部46の球入口46aに通入すると、該パチンコ球Pは球導入部46の球出口46bから前記ステージ45における前記上段球転動部47上に通出される(図8参照)。このパチンコ球Pは、上段球転動部47を左端から右端に向けて転動した後に、該上段球転動部47を右端から左端に転動し、勢いがある程度弱くなった該パチンコ球Pは、主に前記中央転動部分49を左右方向に転動する。そして、勢いが弱くなったパチンコ球Pは、最終的には前記第1の球通過口57または第2の球通過口58,58から前記下段球転動部48に移動する。すなわち、中央転動部分49を左右方向に転動しているパチンコ球Pが前記傾斜凹部49aから第1の球通過口57に通入した場合は、該パチンコ球Pは、下段球転動部48の中央に設けられている前記球排出経路部60の後端部に落下する。球排出経路部60の後端部に落下した多くのパチンコ球Pは、該球排出経路部60に沿って前側に案内され、前記球排出口59の中央から前記始動入賞装置28の第1始動入賞口28aに向けて前記遊技領域20に排出される。しかし実施例のステージ45では、第1の球通過口57を構成する画壁56a,56a,56bは、球排出経路部60に接続されておらず、画壁56a,56a,56bの下端と球排出経路部60との間には隙間があるため、球排出経路部60上に落下したパチンコ球Pが跳ねた際に、下段球転動部48における球排出経路部60の外側に位置する左右何れかの前転動部分48aに移動する場合もある。そして、球排出経路部60の左外側または右外側の前転動部分48aに移動したパチンコ球Pは、該前転動部分48aに沿って前側に案内されて前記球排出口59における左側または右側に偏った位置から前記遊技領域20に排出される。このように、上段球転動部47から第1の球通過口57にパチンコ球Pが通入したとしても、該パチンコ球Pが球排出経路部60で案内されない場合もあり、ステージ45内でのパチンコ球Pの動きが単調とならず、遊技の興趣を向上し得る。
(Operation of stage 45)
When the pachinko sphere P flowing down the first path 20a enters the sphere inlet 46a of the sphere introduction portion 46, the pachinko sphere P is moved from the sphere outlet 46b of the sphere introduction portion 46 to the upper ball rolling portion in the stage 45. 47 (see FIG. 8). The pachinko ball P rolls the upper ball rolling portion 47 from the left end to the right end, and then rolls the upper ball rolling portion 47 from the right end to the left end, and the pachinko ball P whose momentum has weakened to some extent. Mainly rolls the central rolling portion 49 in the left-right direction. Then, the pachinko sphere P, whose momentum has weakened, finally moves from the first ball passage port 57 or the second ball passage ports 58, 58 to the lower ball rolling section 48. That is, when the pachinko sphere P rolling in the center rolling portion 49 in the left-right direction passes through the inclined recess 49a into the first sphere passage port 57, the pachinko sphere P The ball falls to the rear end of the ball discharge path 60 provided at the center of 48. Many pachinko balls P that have fallen to the rear end of the ball discharge path portion 60 are guided forward along the ball discharge path portion 60, and the first start of the start winning device 28 is started from the center of the ball discharge port 59. The game area 20 is discharged toward the winning opening 28a. However, in the stage 45 of the embodiment, the painting walls 56a, 56a, and 56b constituting the first spherical passage port 57 are not connected to the spherical discharge path portion 60, and the lower ends of the painting walls 56a, 56a, and 56b Since there is a gap between the discharge path portion 60 and the pachinko ball P that has fallen on the ball discharge path portion 60, the left and right positions positioned outside the ball discharge path portion 60 in the lower ball rolling portion 48. There is also a case of moving to any of the front rolling portions 48a. Then, the pachinko ball P that has moved to the front rolling part 48a on the left outer side or right outer side of the ball discharge path part 60 is guided forward along the front rolling part 48a and left or right on the ball discharge port 59. The game area 20 is discharged from a position that is biased toward the position. Thus, even if the pachinko ball P passes from the upper ball rolling part 47 to the first ball passage opening 57, the pachinko ball P may not be guided by the ball discharge path part 60, The movement of the pachinko ball P is not monotonous, and the entertainment of the game can be improved.
前記中央転動部分49を左右方向に転動しているパチンコ球Pが前記第2の球通過口58を通って左右何れかの前記張出し部62に移動した場合は、該パチンコ球Pは、対応する前記案内片62aで案内されて前記下段球転動部48の後転動部分48bにおける左端部または右端部に向けて移動する(図8参照)。後転動部分48bに移動したパチンコ球Pは、該後転動部分48bが下方に突出する弧状に形成されていることから、後転動部分48bを左右方向に転動し、該パチンコ球Pの勢いの強・弱によって、前記中央傾斜凹部61aまたは側部傾斜凹部61b,61bによって前側に案内される。中央傾斜凹部61aで前側に案内されるパチンコ球Pは、該中央傾斜凹部61aに接続する前記球排出経路部60に移動し、該球排出経路部60で案内されて球排出口59の中央から遊技領域20に排出される。これに対し、側部傾斜凹部61bで案内されるパチンコ球Pは、球排出経路部60の外側に位置する左右何れかの前転動部分48aに移動し、該前転動部分48aに沿って前側に案内されたパチンコ球Pは、前記球排出口59における左側または右側に偏った位置から遊技領域20に排出される。また、球排出経路部60を構成する一対の突条60a,60aの高さ寸法は、後転動部分48bから前転動部分48aに向けて転動するパチンコ球Pの勢いによっては該突条60aを越えて球排出経路部60に入り込み得る値に設定されている。従って、後転動部分48bを転動するパチンコ球Pは、中央傾斜凹部61aを介して球排出経路部60に入る態様とは別に、突条60aを越えて球排出経路部60に入る可能性もある。このように、上段球転動部47から第2の球通過口58にパチンコ球Pが通入したとしても、後転動部分48bを転動するパチンコ球Pが球排出経路部60に入って前記始動入賞装置28の第1始動入賞口28aに案内される場合もあり、ステージ45内でのパチンコ球Pの動きを長く注目させることができ、遊技を飽きさせることなく楽しませ得る。   When the pachinko ball P rolling in the central rolling portion 49 in the left-right direction moves to the left or right overhanging portion 62 through the second ball passage port 58, the pachinko ball P is It is guided by the corresponding guide piece 62a and moves toward the left end portion or the right end portion of the rear rolling portion 48b of the lower ball rolling portion 48 (see FIG. 8). The pachinko sphere P that has moved to the rear rolling portion 48b is formed in an arc shape in which the rear rolling portion 48b protrudes downward, so that the rear rolling portion 48b rolls in the left-right direction, and the pachinko sphere P Due to the strength and weakness of the moment, the central inclined recess 61a or the side inclined recesses 61b and 61b guide the front side. The pachinko ball P guided to the front side by the central inclined recess 61a moves to the ball discharge path portion 60 connected to the central inclined recess 61a, and is guided by the ball discharge path portion 60 from the center of the ball discharge port 59. It is discharged to the game area 20. On the other hand, the pachinko ball P guided by the side inclined recess 61b moves to the left or right front rolling part 48a located outside the ball discharge path part 60, and along the front rolling part 48a. The pachinko ball P guided to the front side is discharged to the game area 20 from a position biased to the left or right side in the ball discharge port 59. Moreover, the height dimension of a pair of protrusion 60a, 60a which comprises the ball | bowl discharge | emission path | route part 60 is this protrusion depending on the momentum of the pachinko ball P rolling from the rear rolling part 48b toward the front rolling part 48a. It is set to a value that can enter the ball discharge path 60 beyond 60a. Therefore, the pachinko ball P rolling on the rear rolling portion 48b may enter the ball discharge path portion 60 beyond the protrusion 60a separately from the mode of entering the ball discharge path portion 60 through the central inclined recess 61a. There is also. Thus, even if the pachinko ball P passes from the upper ball rolling portion 47 to the second ball passage opening 58, the pachinko ball P rolling on the rear rolling portion 48b enters the ball discharge path portion 60. In some cases, it is guided to the first start winning port 28a of the start winning device 28, and the movement of the pachinko ball P in the stage 45 can be noticed for a long time, and the game can be enjoyed without getting tired.
また、前述したように球排出経路部60の突条60aの高さは、下段球転動部48を転動する勢いによってはパチンコ球Pが越えることが可能な寸法に設定されているから、球排出経路部60で案内されているパチンコ球Pに、後転動部分48bから前転動部分48aに向けて転動しているパチンコ球Pが接触した際に、球排出経路部60上のパチンコ球Pが該球排出経路部60から弾き出される(流下経路が変更される)可能性もあり、遊技者にステージ45内でのパチンコ球Pの動きを長く注目させ得る。更に、後転動部分48bは、前記3つの傾斜凹部61a,61b,61bを形成することで、上下の起伏が左右方向で繰り返すようになっているから、該後転動部分48bを左右方向に転動するパチンコ球Pは上下方向にも変位し得るようになっており、該後転動部分48bを転動するパチンコ球Pの動きが複雑となって興趣を向上し得る。このように、ステージ45に受け入れられたパチンコ球Pが遊技領域20に排出されるまでの間でのパチンコ球Pの動きが多様となり、遊技者を飽きさせることなく長く遊技を楽しませることができる。   Further, as described above, the height of the protrusion 60a of the ball discharge path portion 60 is set to a dimension that can be exceeded by the pachinko ball P depending on the momentum of rolling the lower ball rolling portion 48. When the pachinko ball P rolling from the rear rolling portion 48b toward the front rolling portion 48a comes into contact with the pachinko ball P guided by the ball discharging route portion 60, There is also a possibility that the pachinko ball P is ejected from the ball discharge path portion 60 (the flow path is changed), and it is possible to make the player pay attention to the movement of the pachinko ball P in the stage 45 for a long time. Further, since the rear rolling portion 48b is formed with the three inclined concave portions 61a, 61b, 61b, the vertical rolling is repeated in the left-right direction. The pachinko sphere P that rolls can be displaced in the vertical direction, and the movement of the pachinko sphere P that rolls on the rear rolling portion 48b becomes complicated, so that the interest can be improved. In this way, the movement of the pachinko ball P until the pachinko ball P accepted by the stage 45 is discharged to the game area 20 becomes diverse, and the game can be enjoyed for a long time without getting the player bored. .
前記始動入賞装置28の第1始動入賞口28aにパチンコ球Pが入賞すると、前記制御装置の制御に基づいて前記図柄表示装置14での図柄変動演出が開始され、図柄変動演出の結果、図柄表示装置14に所定の図柄組み合わせが表示されると大当りが発生する。大当りが発生すると、図柄表示装置14に表示された図柄組み合わせに応じて、前記遊技盤12に設けられた特別入賞装置29の特別入賞口が開放されると共に、前記制御装置の制御に基づいて図柄表示装置14において大当り演出が行なわれる。   When the pachinko ball P wins the first start winning opening 28a of the start winning device 28, the symbol change effect on the symbol display device 14 is started based on the control of the control device. As a result of the symbol change effect, the symbol display When a predetermined symbol combination is displayed on the device 14, a big hit occurs. When a big hit occurs, the special winning opening of the special winning device 29 provided in the game board 12 is opened according to the symbol combination displayed on the symbol display device 14, and the symbol is controlled based on the control of the control device. A big hit effect is performed on the display device 14.
(第2、第3発光装置39,40の作用)
前記パチンコ機10では、各種遊技状態に応じて、前記可動演出装置37が制御装置により作動制御されて、動的な演出により遊技の興趣が高められる。また、前記遊技盤12の裏側に配設されている第1発光装置38、第2発光装置39、第3発光装置40および第4発光装置41が、制御装置の制御下に発光演出を行ない、発光による演出により遊技を盛り上げる。
(Operation of the second and third light emitting devices 39 and 40)
In the pachinko machine 10, the movable effect device 37 is operated and controlled by the control device according to various game states, and the fun of the game is enhanced by the dynamic effect. Further, the first light emitting device 38, the second light emitting device 39, the third light emitting device 40, and the fourth light emitting device 41 disposed on the back side of the game board 12 perform a light emitting effect under the control of the control device, Energize the game by directing light.
前記遊技盤12の前側に配設された前記前飾り部材32,33の裏側に位置する前記第2発光装置39および第3発光装置40の各LED99a,103aを発光すると、該LED99a,103aの光は、対応する導光部材93,96の導光通路93a,96aを通って、前飾り部材32,33の光透過部91b,94bに照射される(図25、図28参照)。   When the LEDs 99a and 103a of the second light emitting device 39 and the third light emitting device 40 located on the back side of the front decoration members 32 and 33 disposed on the front side of the game board 12 emit light, the light of the LEDs 99a and 103a is emitted. Is irradiated to the light transmitting portions 91b and 94b of the front decoration members 32 and 33 through the light guide passages 93a and 96a of the corresponding light guide members 93 and 96 (see FIGS. 25 and 28).
実施例の遊技盤12は、アクリルやポリカーボネートからなる合成樹脂製の透明板から構成されており、該遊技盤12には前記遊技領域20を流下する金属製のパチンコ球Pとの接触によって遊技中に静電気が発生し易い性質がある。前記第2発光装置39および第3発光装置40は、図25、図28に示す如く、遊技盤12の裏側に近接して該遊技盤12に帯電した静電気の影響を受け易い位置にある。実施例では、第2発光装置39の第1飾り用発光基板99は、絶縁材料で形成された第1カバー体100に対して第1係止片101bおよび第1係合フック101cを介して保持されている。また、第3発光装置40の第2飾り用発光基板103についても同様に、絶縁材料で形成された第2カバー体104に対して第2係止片105bおよび第2係合フック105cを介して保持されている。このように、第1飾り用発光基板99および第2飾り用発光基板103は、何れも対応するカバー体100,104に対して導電性の金属ネジ等を介して保持されていないから、遊技盤12からの静電気が第1飾り用発光基板99および第2飾り用発光基板103に流れ難く、該基板99,103に実装されているLED99a,103aへの影響を抑制することができる。   The game board 12 of the embodiment is composed of a transparent plate made of synthetic resin made of acrylic or polycarbonate, and the game board 12 is playing with a metal pachinko ball P flowing down the game area 20. Has the property of generating static electricity easily. The second light emitting device 39 and the third light emitting device 40 are close to the back side of the game board 12 and are easily affected by static electricity charged on the game board 12 as shown in FIGS. In the embodiment, the first decorative light-emitting substrate 99 of the second light-emitting device 39 is held via the first locking piece 101b and the first engagement hook 101c with respect to the first cover body 100 formed of an insulating material. Has been. Similarly, the second decorative light emitting substrate 103 of the third light emitting device 40 is similarly connected to the second cover body 104 formed of an insulating material via the second locking piece 105b and the second engaging hook 105c. Is retained. As described above, since the first decorative light emitting substrate 99 and the second decorative light emitting substrate 103 are not held by the corresponding cover bodies 100 and 104 via conductive metal screws or the like, the game board The static electricity from 12 hardly flows to the first decorative light emitting substrate 99 and the second decorative light emitting substrate 103, and the influence on the LEDs 99a, 103a mounted on the substrates 99, 103 can be suppressed.
前記第1カバー体100は、前記設置部材36に取付けられている前記左後飾り部材97に対し、該第1カバー体100に保持されている前記第1飾り用発光基板99の保持部位から外側に離間した位置において金属製のネジ102を介してネジ止め固定されている。また第2カバー体104についても、設置部材36に取付けられている前記右後飾り部材98に対し、該第2カバー体104に保持されている前記第2飾り用発光基板103の保持部位から外側に離間した位置において金属製のネジ102を介してネジ止め固定されている。このように、第1カバー体100および第2カバー体104は、対応する飾り用発光基板99,103の保持部位から離間した位置が金属製のネジ102で対応する後飾り部材97,98に固定されているから、遊技盤12側からネジ102に流れた静電気がLED99a,103a側に流れる可能性を低くすることができ、静電気に起因する影響を抑制し得る。また、後飾り部材97,98は、何れも設置部材36に対して金属製のネジを介して固定されているから、前記ネジ102に流れた静電気を、設置部材36に固定するネジを介して該設置部材36に逃すことができ、前記LED99a,103へ影響をより抑制し得る。   The first cover body 100 is outside the left rear decoration member 97 attached to the installation member 36 from the holding portion of the first decorative light emitting substrate 99 held by the first cover body 100. Are fixed with screws through metal screws 102 at positions separated from each other. Further, the second cover body 104 is also located outside the holding portion of the second decorative light emitting substrate 103 held by the second cover body 104 with respect to the right rear decoration member 98 attached to the installation member 36. Are fixed with screws through metal screws 102 at positions separated from each other. As described above, the first cover body 100 and the second cover body 104 are fixed to the corresponding rear decoration members 97 and 98 at positions separated from the holding portions of the corresponding decorative light emitting substrates 99 and 103 by the metal screws 102. Therefore, the possibility of static electricity flowing from the game board 12 side to the screw 102 to the LED 99a, 103a side can be reduced, and the influence caused by static electricity can be suppressed. Further, since the rear decoration members 97 and 98 are both fixed to the installation member 36 via metal screws, the static electricity that has flowed through the screws 102 is connected via screws that fix the installation member 36. It can escape to this installation member 36, and can suppress the influence on said LED99a, 103 more.
特に、前記第3発光装置40については、右後飾り部材98に設けた導通部97bにネジ102が接触すると共に、該右後飾り部材98を設置部材36に固定するネジについても導通部97bに接触しているから、前記遊技盤12からネジ102に流れた静電気を効果的に設置部材36に逃すことができる。また、左右の後飾り部材97,98がネジ止め固定される前記第1発光装置38の取付体86は、電源基板にアースされているから、前記遊技盤12から後飾り部材97,98に流れた静電気は取付体86側に流れ易く、前記LED99a,103への影響をより抑えることができる。   In particular, in the third light emitting device 40, the screw 102 comes into contact with the conducting portion 97b provided in the right rear decoration member 98, and the screw for fixing the right rear decoration member 98 to the installation member 36 also in the conducting portion 97b. Since they are in contact with each other, static electricity flowing from the game board 12 to the screw 102 can be effectively released to the installation member 36. Further, the attachment body 86 of the first light emitting device 38 to which the left and right rear decoration members 97, 98 are fixed by screws flows from the game board 12 to the rear decoration members 97, 98. The static electricity easily flows to the attachment body 86 side, and the influence on the LEDs 99a and 103 can be further suppressed.
前記左右の前飾り部材32,33は、何れも遊技盤12に対する取付片92,95に施した金属メッキを介して該遊技盤12に電気的な導通状態で取付けられている。すなわち、前記第2発光装置39および第3発光装置40の前側に位置する前飾り部材32,33と遊技盤12とが電気的に導通しているから、該遊技盤12に帯電した静電気は第2発光装置39および第3発光装置40に比較して前飾り部材32,33に流れ易く、該第2発光装置39および第3発光装置40への静電気に起因する影響を抑えることができる。   Both the left and right front decoration members 32 and 33 are attached to the game board 12 in an electrically conductive state through metal plating applied to the attachment pieces 92 and 95 for the game board 12. In other words, the front decoration members 32 and 33 located on the front side of the second light emitting device 39 and the third light emitting device 40 and the game board 12 are electrically connected to each other. Compared with the second light emitting device 39 and the third light emitting device 40, it can easily flow through the front decoration members 32, 33, and the influence of static electricity on the second light emitting device 39 and the third light emitting device 40 can be suppressed.
ここで、前記左右の前飾り部材32,33は、図23、図26に示す如く、前記遊技領域20を流下するパチンコ球Pが転動可能な延出壁91c,94cを備え、該延出壁91c,94cを転動するパチンコ球Pを対応する普通入賞装置30,31に向けて案内するよう構成されている。そこで、各延出壁91c,94cの表面に金属メッキを施しておけば、該延出壁91c,94cにパチンコ球Pが接触した際に該パチンコ球Pに帯電している静電気を前飾り部材32,33に逃すことができ、静電気が第2発光装置39および第3発光装置40側に流れて悪影響を及ぼすのを抑えることができて好適である。   Here, as shown in FIGS. 23 and 26, the left and right front decoration members 32 and 33 are provided with extension walls 91c and 94c on which pachinko balls P flowing down the game area 20 can roll. The pachinko ball P rolling on the walls 91c, 94c is guided to the corresponding normal winning devices 30, 31. Therefore, if the surfaces of the extended walls 91c and 94c are plated with metal, the static electricity charged on the pachinko balls P when the pachinko balls P come into contact with the extended walls 91c and 94c is a front decoration member. 32, 33, and static electricity can be prevented from flowing to the second light emitting device 39 and the third light emitting device 40 side and adversely affected.
(第4発光装置41の作用)
ここで、前記始動入賞装置28は、パチンコ球Pの入賞が前記図柄表示装置14での図柄変動開始や賞球獲得の契機となることから、始動入賞装置28および該始動入賞装置28の第1始動入賞口28aに向けてパチンコ球Pを案内し得る球排出経路部60を備えるステージ45は、パチンコ機10に備えられた装置の中でも遊技者の注意が特に強く惹き付けられる。すなわち、前記第1発光装置38の第1装飾用LED基板88,88に実装したLED88a,88aを発光することで、遊技者の注目度が高い前記始動入賞装置28の左右両側を遊技盤12の裏側から明輝させることができ、演出効果により遊技の興趣を高め得る。また、第1発光装置38の第2装飾用LED基板90に実装したLED90aは、図32に示す如く、前記ステージ45における後転動部分48bの下方に位置しており、該LED90aを発光することで、遊技者の注目度が高いステージ45の後転動部分48bを下側から照明することができ、演出効果により遊技の興趣を高め得る。
(Operation of the fourth light emitting device 41)
Here, since the winning of the pachinko ball P triggers the start of symbol variation on the symbol display device 14 and the acquisition of a winning ball, the starting winning device 28 and the first winning device 28 of the starting winning device 28 The stage 45 including the ball discharge path 60 that can guide the pachinko ball P toward the start winning port 28a is particularly attracted to the player's attention among the devices provided in the pachinko machine 10. That is, by emitting the LEDs 88a and 88a mounted on the first decorative LED boards 88 and 88 of the first light emitting device 38, the left and right sides of the start winning device 28, which is highly noticed by the player, are placed on the left and right sides of the game board 12. It can be brightened from the back side, and it can enhance the interest of the game by directing effects. Further, as shown in FIG. 32, the LED 90a mounted on the second decorative LED substrate 90 of the first light emitting device 38 is positioned below the rear rolling portion 48b of the stage 45, and emits the LED 90a. Thus, it is possible to illuminate the rear rolling portion 48b of the stage 45, which has a high level of player attention, from the lower side, and the effect of the game can be enhanced by the effect.
前記ステージ45の後方に配設されている前記第4発光装置41では、図31、図32、図33に示す如く、前記レンズ部材121の後方に位置する前記第2LED110aを点灯すると共に、前記各透明パネル107,108の下方に位置する前記第1LED109a,109bを消灯した状態では、前記第1透明パネル107に形成されている第1図柄107aおよび第2透明パネル108に形成されている第2図柄108aは、前側から殆ど視認されない状態となる。すなわち、ステージ45における前記第2後壁部56を透して見える第4発光装置41の表示開口111a内には、第2LED110aから透明パネル107,108の裏面に照射された光が明輝した状態が表われ、遊技者は単なる光の発光演出が行なわれているに過ぎないという認識を持つこととなる。   In the fourth light emitting device 41 disposed behind the stage 45, as shown in FIGS. 31, 32, and 33, the second LED 110a located behind the lens member 121 is turned on and In a state where the first LEDs 109a and 109b located below the transparent panels 107 and 108 are turned off, the first design 107a formed on the first transparent panel 107 and the second design formed on the second transparent panel 108. 108a is in a state that is hardly visible from the front side. That is, in the display opening 111a of the fourth light emitting device 41 that can be seen through the second rear wall portion 56 in the stage 45, the state in which the light irradiated from the second LED 110a to the back surfaces of the transparent panels 107 and 108 is bright. As a result, the player has a recognition that the light emission effect is merely performed.
また、前記第4発光装置41では、前記第2LED110aの光を透明パネル107,108の裏面に直接照射するのではなく、該第2LED110aの光をレンズ部材121を介して照射しているから、該レンズ部材121によるレンズ作用で光の明輝度合が強くなることで、図柄107a,108aをより視認し難くし得る。更に、レンズ部材121における第2LED110aが照射されるレンズ部121cには光拡散加工が施されているので、該光拡散加工により光が拡散し、図柄107a,108aを更に視認し難くすることができる。更にまた、前記透明パネル107,108の図柄107a,108aは、前記遮光部材119,120に形成された開口部119a,120aで囲われ、該開口部119a,120aで囲われた領域に前記第2LED110aからの光が照射されるので、該光は図柄107a,108aに集中し、図柄107a,108aの視認性をより低下させ得る。   Further, in the fourth light emitting device 41, the light of the second LED 110a is not directly irradiated on the back surfaces of the transparent panels 107 and 108, but the light of the second LED 110a is irradiated through the lens member 121. Since the brightness of light increases due to the lens action of the lens member 121, the symbols 107a and 108a can be made more difficult to visually recognize. Further, since the lens portion 121c irradiated with the second LED 110a in the lens member 121 is subjected to light diffusion processing, light is diffused by the light diffusion processing, so that the symbols 107a and 108a can be made more difficult to visually recognize. . Furthermore, the designs 107a and 108a of the transparent panels 107 and 108 are surrounded by openings 119a and 120a formed in the light shielding members 119 and 120, and the second LED 110a is formed in a region surrounded by the openings 119a and 120a. Since the light from is irradiated, the light concentrates on the symbols 107a and 108a, and the visibility of the symbols 107a and 108a can be further reduced.
これに対し、制御装置の制御下に第4発光装置41の前記第2LED110aを消灯したもとで、前記前第1LED109aを点灯し、後第1LED109bを消灯した状態では、前第1LED109aからの光は第1透明パネル107の下端面に向けて照射され、該光が第1透明パネル107に導入されて前記第1図柄107aで反射することで該図柄107aが前側から視認可能に浮かび上がるように表示される。また、前記第2LED110aを消灯したもとで、前記前第1LED109aを消灯し、後第1LED109bを点灯した状態では、後第1LED109bからの光は第2透明パネル108の下端面に向けて照射され、該光が第2透明パネル108に導入されて前記第2図柄108aで反射することで該図柄108aが前側から視認可能に浮かび上がるように表示される。すなわち、遊技者には、ステージ45における第2後壁部56の裏側に、不意に第1図柄107aや第2図柄108aが浮かび上がるように表示されるから、意外性のある発光演出を行なうことができ、興趣を向上し得る。   On the other hand, when the front first LED 109a is turned on and the rear first LED 109b is turned off while the second LED 110a of the fourth light emitting device 41 is turned off under the control of the control device, the light from the front first LED 109a is not emitted. Irradiation toward the lower end surface of the first transparent panel 107, and the light is introduced into the first transparent panel 107 and reflected by the first design 107a, so that the design 107a is displayed so as to be visible from the front side. Is done. Further, in a state where the second LED 110a is turned off, the front first LED 109a is turned off, and the rear first LED 109b is turned on, the light from the rear first LED 109b is irradiated toward the lower end surface of the second transparent panel 108, The light is introduced into the second transparent panel 108 and reflected by the second design 108a, so that the design 108a is displayed so as to be visible from the front side. That is, since the player is displayed on the back side of the second rear wall portion 56 of the stage 45 so that the first symbol 107a and the second symbol 108a are unexpectedly raised, the player can perform an unexpected light emission effect. Can improve interest.
このように、遊技者の注目度が高い前記ステージ45の後方に、単に発光するだけの演出でなく、不意に図柄107a,108aが浮かび上がるように表示し得る演出を行なう第4発光装置41を設けたことで、該第4発光装置41を利用した演出効果により遊技の興趣を高め得ると共に、該ステージ45に対する注目度を一層高めて遊技の興趣を向上し得るようになる。すなわち、ステージ45の後方に不意に図柄107a,108aが浮かび上がるように表示し得る第4発光装置41を設けることで、演出効果を高めて遊技の興趣を向上すると共に他機種との差別化を図ることができる。またステージ45において、前記上段球転動部47を転動するパチンンコ球Pが通入可能な前記第1の球通過口57は、前記始動入賞装置28の第1始動入賞口28aへの入賞確率が高い前記球排出経路部60にパチンコ球Pを案内可能であるために遊技者の注目度が格段に高い部位である。そして実施例では、第1の球通過口57を挟む左右両側に前記表示開口111a,111aを臨ませているから(図2参照)、第4発光装置41で行なわれる演出により遊技の興趣をより向上し得る。   As described above, the fourth light emitting device 41 that performs an effect that can be displayed so that the symbols 107a and 108a are unexpectedly raised, not just the effect of simply emitting light, behind the stage 45 where the degree of attention of the player is high. By providing the game, it is possible to enhance the interest of the game due to the effect of using the fourth light emitting device 41, and to further enhance the interest of the stage 45 to improve the interest of the game. In other words, by providing the fourth light emitting device 41 that can display the symbols 107a and 108a unexpectedly on the rear side of the stage 45, the stage effect can be enhanced to improve the fun of the game and differentiate from other models. Can be planned. In the stage 45, the first ball passing port 57 through which the pachinko ball P rolling on the upper ball rolling unit 47 can pass is the winning probability of the first winning winning port 28a of the starting winning device 28. Since the pachinko ball P can be guided to the ball discharge path portion 60 having a high height, the player's attention level is much higher. In the embodiment, since the display openings 111a and 111a face the left and right sides sandwiching the first ball passage opening 57 (see FIG. 2), the game is more interesting by the effects performed by the fourth light emitting device 41. It can improve.
前記第4発光装置41では、第1透明パネル107において、前記収容部材106に形成した2つの表示開口111a,111aに対応して2つの第1図柄107a,107aを形成すると共に、第2透明パネル108において、前記収容部材106に形成した2つの表示開口111a,111aに対応して2つの第2図柄108a,108aを形成している(図29参照)。また、各図柄107,108aに対応する第1LED109a,109bおよび第2LED110aは夫々個別に点灯・消灯制御し得るよう構成されている。これにより、2つの表示開口111a,111aに、第1図柄107aと第2図柄108aとを各種の組合わせで表示することができる。例えば、左前第1LED109aおよび右第2LED110aを点灯すると共に、他の全ての第1LED109a,109bおよび第2LED110aを消灯すれば、第4発光装置41の左側の表示開口111aに「1」の第1図柄107aのみを表示し得る。また、左前第1LED109aおよび左第2LED110aを点灯すると共に、他の全ての第1LED109a,109bおよび第2LED110aを消灯すれば、第4発光装置41の右側の表示開口111aに「2」の第1図柄107aのみを表示し得る。更に、左右の前第1LED109a,109aを点灯すると共に、左右の後第1LED109b,109bおよび第2LED110aを全て消灯すれば、第4発光装置41の左右の表示開口111aに「1」と「2」の第1図柄107aを並んで表示し得る。なお、前記第2透明パネル108に形成した「3」と「4」の第2図柄108aについても、各LED109a,109b,110aを夫々個別に点灯・消灯制御することで、「3」,「4」の第2図柄108aを夫々単独で表示したり並んで表示することができる。   In the fourth light emitting device 41, in the first transparent panel 107, two first symbols 107a, 107a are formed corresponding to the two display openings 111a, 111a formed in the housing member 106, and the second transparent panel 108, two second symbols 108a and 108a are formed corresponding to the two display openings 111a and 111a formed in the housing member 106 (see FIG. 29). Further, the first LEDs 109a and 109b and the second LEDs 110a corresponding to the symbols 107 and 108a can be individually controlled to be turned on / off. Thus, the first symbol 107a and the second symbol 108a can be displayed in various combinations in the two display openings 111a and 111a. For example, if the left front first LED 109a and the right second LED 110a are turned on and all the other first LEDs 109a, 109b and the second LED 110a are turned off, the first symbol 107a of “1” is displayed in the display opening 111a on the left side of the fourth light emitting device 41. Only can be displayed. Further, when the left front first LED 109a and the left second LED 110a are turned on and all the other first LEDs 109a, 109b and the second LED 110a are turned off, the first symbol 107a of “2” is displayed in the right display opening 111a of the fourth light emitting device 41. Only can be displayed. Further, when the left and right front first LEDs 109a and 109a are turned on and the left and right rear first LEDs 109b and 109b and the second LED 110a are all turned off, the left and right display openings 111a of the fourth light emitting device 41 have “1” and “2”. The first symbol 107a can be displayed side by side. It should be noted that the “3” and “4” second symbols 108 a formed on the second transparent panel 108 are also turned on and off individually to control “3” and “4”. ”Can be displayed individually or side by side.
更に、前記第1図柄107aおよび第2図柄108aの形態として、前後に重なることで1つの合体図柄を形成するものを採用した場合は、前後の第1LED109a,109bを同時に点灯することで、前後に重なる第1図柄107aと第2図柄108aとで形成される合体図柄を表示することができる。このように、2枚の透明パネル107,108を、図柄107a,108aが前後に重なるよう配置すると共に、各図柄107a,108aに対応する各LED109a,109b,110aを個別に点灯・消灯制御するよう構成したから、図柄107a,108aを選択して表示することができ、演出の幅が広がり、遊技の興趣を高めることができる。また、前後に重なる図柄107a,108aで合体図柄を形成する場合であって、各図柄107a,108a単体でも意味のある図柄とすれば、更に演出の幅を広げることができる。しかも、第4発光装置41は、各LED109a,109b,110aを個別に点灯・消灯制御する簡単な構成で多様な演出を行なうことができるものであるから、液晶等のような表示装置を用いることなく低コストで興趣に富んだ演出を提供できる。   Furthermore, when the one of the first symbol 107a and the second symbol 108a that forms one combined symbol by overlapping in the front and rear is used, the front and rear first LEDs 109a and 109b are turned on at the same time. The combined symbol formed by the overlapping first symbol 107a and second symbol 108a can be displayed. In this way, the two transparent panels 107 and 108 are arranged so that the symbols 107a and 108a overlap each other, and the LEDs 109a, 109b and 110a corresponding to the symbols 107a and 108a are individually controlled to be turned on / off. Since it comprised, the design 107a and 108a can be selected and displayed, the range of production spreads and the interest of a game can be heightened. In addition, when the combined symbols 107a and 108a are formed in the front and back, and the symbols 107a and 108a alone are meaningful, the range of effects can be further expanded. In addition, since the fourth light emitting device 41 can perform various effects with a simple configuration in which the LEDs 109a, 109b, and 110a are individually controlled to be turned on / off, a display device such as a liquid crystal is used. It can provide an interesting production at low cost.
前記第4発光装置41では、図31、図32、図33に示す如く、前記第1透明パネル107と第2透明パネル108との間に第1遮光部材119を配置すると共に、前記第1発光基板109に実装されている第1透明パネル107に対応する前第1LED109aおよび第2透明パネル108に対応する後第1LED109bとを、該第1遮光部材119の下遮光部分119eで前後に隔てている。従って、前第1LED109aを点灯した場合に、該前第1LED109aからの光が第2透明パネル108の下端面に照射されることはなく、また後第1LED109bを点灯した場合に、該後第1LED109bからの光が第1透明パネル107の下端面に照射されることはない。これにより、隣接する別の透明パネル107,108に向けて照射される光によって意図しない透明パネル107,108の図柄107a,108aが表示されてしまうことを防止できる。また、前記左右の第2LE110a,110aの光は、前記第2遮光部材120に形成された第2開口部120a,120aを介して対応する側の図柄107a,108aの形成領域にのみ照射するよう構成してある。従って、左右何れか一方の図柄107a,108aのみを表示する場合に、他方の図柄107a,108aを視認し難くするために対応する側で点灯した第2LED110aの光が一方の図柄107a,108aの形成領域に入り込むことがなく、意図する図柄107a,108aを鮮明に表示し得る。   In the fourth light emitting device 41, as shown in FIGS. 31, 32, and 33, a first light shielding member 119 is disposed between the first transparent panel 107 and the second transparent panel 108, and the first light emission. The front first LED 109a corresponding to the first transparent panel 107 mounted on the substrate 109 and the rear first LED 109b corresponding to the second transparent panel 108 are separated from each other by a lower light shielding portion 119e of the first light shielding member 119. . Therefore, when the front first LED 109a is turned on, the light from the front first LED 109a is not irradiated to the lower end surface of the second transparent panel 108, and when the rear first LED 109b is turned on, from the rear first LED 109b. Is not irradiated on the lower end surface of the first transparent panel 107. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the unintended symbols 107a and 108a of the transparent panels 107 and 108 from being displayed due to the light irradiated toward the other adjacent transparent panels 107 and 108. The left and right second LEs 110a, 110a are configured to irradiate only the formation areas of the corresponding symbols 107a, 108a through the second openings 120a, 120a formed in the second light shielding member 120. It is. Accordingly, when only one of the left and right symbols 107a and 108a is displayed, the light of the second LED 110a that is lit on the corresponding side in order to make it difficult to visually recognize the other symbol 107a and 108a, forms one symbol 107a and 108a. The intended designs 107a and 108a can be clearly displayed without entering the area.
ここで、前記第4発光装置41では、前記第1透明パネル107および第2透明パネル108を非光透過性とした前記収容部材106(第1収容部106a)に収容すると共に、第1透明パネル107の前後面および第2透明パネル108の前後面を、図柄107a,108aの形成領域(表示開口111aや開口部119a,120aで囲われる領域)を除いて非光透過性の前壁111、第1遮光部材119および第2遮光部材120で覆っているから、該透明パネル107,108に、第4発光装置41の外部からの光が導入されてしまうことはない。すなわち、前記第1LED109a,109bを点灯したときには、対応する図柄107a,108bが鮮明に浮かび上がるように表示され、演出効果を向上することができる。   Here, in the fourth light emitting device 41, the first transparent panel 107 and the second transparent panel 108 are accommodated in the accommodating member 106 (first accommodating portion 106 a) that is made non-light transmissive, and the first transparent panel The front and rear surfaces of the first transparent panel 108 and the second transparent panel 108 are formed on the front and rear surfaces 111, 108 a and 108 a, except for the regions where the patterns 107 a and 108 a are formed (regions surrounded by the display openings 111 a and openings 119 a and 120 a) Since the first light shielding member 119 and the second light shielding member 120 are covered, the light from the outside of the fourth light emitting device 41 is not introduced into the transparent panels 107 and 108. That is, when the first LEDs 109a and 109b are turned on, the corresponding symbols 107a and 108b are displayed so as to clearly appear, thereby improving the effect of production.
前記第4発光装置41において、前記透明パネル107,108の図柄107a,108aは、板面(前面や裏面)と平行な光が外周端面から導入されることで鮮明に表示されるようになるため、該透明パネル107,108の下端面に対する第1発光基板109の第1LED109a,109bからの光の照射方向が重要になる。実施例では、第1発光基板109の両側端縁を、前記収容部材106に形成した一対のガイド溝112a,112aに挿通して、収容部材106に対して第1発光基板109の上下方向および左右方向の位置決めを行なっている。また、透明パネル107,108および第1遮光部材119を、収容部材106の前記前壁111と第2遮光部材120とで挟持して収容部材106に固定保持する構成において、第1発光基板109の前端および後端を同じ前壁111と第2遮光部材120(保持片120d)とに当接して保持するよう構成しているから、第1LED109a,109bと対応する透明パネル107,108との位置関係を適正に保持し得る。従って、第1LED109a,109bを点灯したときには、対応する図柄107a,108aを鮮明に表示することができる。   In the fourth light emitting device 41, the patterns 107a and 108a of the transparent panels 107 and 108 are clearly displayed when light parallel to the plate surface (front surface or back surface) is introduced from the outer peripheral end surface. The irradiation direction of light from the first LEDs 109a and 109b of the first light emitting substrate 109 with respect to the lower end surfaces of the transparent panels 107 and 108 is important. In the embodiment, both side edges of the first light emitting substrate 109 are inserted into a pair of guide grooves 112 a and 112 a formed in the housing member 106, and the first light emitting substrate 109 is vertically and laterally inserted with respect to the housing member 106. Directional positioning is performed. Further, in the configuration in which the transparent panels 107 and 108 and the first light shielding member 119 are sandwiched between the front wall 111 of the housing member 106 and the second light shielding member 120 and fixed to the housing member 106, the first light emitting substrate 109 Since the front end and the rear end are configured to be held in contact with the same front wall 111 and the second light shielding member 120 (holding piece 120d), the positional relationship between the first LEDs 109a and 109b and the corresponding transparent panels 107 and 108 Can be held properly. Therefore, when the first LEDs 109a and 109b are turned on, the corresponding symbols 107a and 108a can be displayed clearly.
ここで、複数の透明パネル107,108を備え、かつ複数の図柄107a,108aを選択して表示し得るように各第1LED109a,109bおよび第2LED110aを個別に点灯・消灯制御するよう構成した第4発光装置41では、前記収容部材106に対する透明パネル107,108の取付け順や取付け向きが重要になる。実施例では、図30に示す如く、収容部材106に3つの第1取付け突部115を、上側と下側とに離間し、かつ上下で対象とならない関係で設けると共に、透明パネル107,108および遮光部材119,120には第1取付け突部115が挿通される3つの貫通孔107b,108b,119b,120bを第1取付け突部115と対応して夫々形成してある。従って、3つの第1取付け突部115が、夫々3つの貫通孔107b,108b,119b,120bに挿通されるように透明パネル107,108および遮光部材119,120を収容部材106に取付ければ、該透明パネル107,108および遮光部材119,120の上下になることはない。また、前記前壁111に設けた嵌合突起116、第1透明パネル107に設けた位置決め凹部107c、第1遮光部材119に設けた位置決め凹部119cおよび突起119d、第2透明パネル108に設けた切欠部108c、第2遮光部材120に設けた位置決め凹部120cを夫々対応する関係で嵌合することで、両透明パネル107,108の取付け順が逆になったり前後の向きが逆になることはない。すなわち、収容部材106に対して透明パネル107,108は、取付け順および取付け向きが決められた通りに取付けられ、第1発光基板109に実装されている第1LED109a,109bを個別に点灯・消灯制御した際には、意図した図柄107a,108aを適正な姿勢で確実に表示することができる。   Here, the fourth LED is provided with a plurality of transparent panels 107, 108, and is configured to individually turn on / off the first LEDs 109a, 109b and the second LEDs 110a so that the plurality of symbols 107a, 108a can be selected and displayed. In the light emitting device 41, the mounting order and mounting direction of the transparent panels 107 and 108 with respect to the housing member 106 are important. In the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 30, three first mounting protrusions 115 are provided on the housing member 106 so as to be spaced apart from each other on the upper side and the lower side, and not to be a target in the vertical direction, and the transparent panels 107 and 108 and The light shielding members 119 and 120 are formed with three through holes 107b, 108b, 119b and 120b through which the first mounting protrusion 115 is inserted, corresponding to the first mounting protrusion 115, respectively. Therefore, if the transparent panels 107, 108 and the light shielding members 119, 120 are attached to the housing member 106 so that the three first attachment protrusions 115 are inserted through the three through holes 107b, 108b, 119b, 120b, respectively, The transparent panels 107 and 108 and the light shielding members 119 and 120 do not become above and below. Further, the fitting projection 116 provided on the front wall 111, the positioning recess 107c provided on the first transparent panel 107, the positioning recess 119c and projection 119d provided on the first light shielding member 119, and the notch provided on the second transparent panel 108 By fitting the positioning recesses 120c provided in the portion 108c and the second light shielding member 120 in a corresponding relationship, the mounting order of the transparent panels 107 and 108 is not reversed, and the front and rear directions are not reversed. . That is, the transparent panels 107 and 108 are attached to the housing member 106 according to the determined order of attachment and attachment direction, and the first LEDs 109a and 109b mounted on the first light emitting substrate 109 are individually controlled to be turned on / off. In this case, the intended symbols 107a and 108a can be reliably displayed in an appropriate posture.
(庇状部63,64の作用)
前記枠状装飾部材27に設けた前記球導入部46の球入口46aに通入することなく前記第1経路20aを流下するパチンコ球Pは、前記複数の遊技釘26に接触して流下方向が変更される。このとき、パチンコ球Pが遊技釘26に接触した際に勢いや向きによっては、該パチンコ球Pが前記ステージ45の前側を上方に跳ね上がることがある。この場合に、前記ステージ45における後壁部54,56の上端縁には、図31、図32に示す如く、前記上段球転動部47の前縁より前方に延出する庇状部63,64を設けてあるから、該庇状部63,64によってステージ45の前側を上方に跳ね上がるパチンコ球Pがステージ45の裏側へ入り込むのを抑制し得る。また実施例では、庇状部63,64の前端部が前記透視保護板15aに近接すると共に、該前端部と透視保護板15aとの離間寸法をパチンコ球Pの直径より小さく設定したから、パチンコ球Pがステージ45の裏側へ入り込むのを該庇状部63,64で確実に防止し得る。
(Operation of hook-like parts 63 and 64)
The pachinko balls P that flow down the first path 20a without passing through the ball inlet 46a of the ball introducing portion 46 provided in the frame-shaped decorative member 27 come into contact with the plurality of game nails 26 and the flow-down direction is Be changed. At this time, when the pachinko ball P comes into contact with the game nail 26, the pachinko ball P may jump up the front side of the stage 45 depending on the momentum or the direction. In this case, the upper edge of the rear wall portions 54 and 56 in the stage 45 has a hook-like portion 63 extending forward from the front edge of the upper ball rolling portion 47, as shown in FIGS. 64 is provided, it is possible to prevent the pachinko ball P jumping upward from the front side of the stage 45 by the hook-shaped portions 63 and 64 from entering the back side of the stage 45. In the embodiment, the front end portions of the hook-shaped portions 63 and 64 are close to the fluoroscopic protection plate 15a, and the distance between the front end portion and the fluoroscopic protection plate 15a is set smaller than the diameter of the pachinko ball P. It is possible to reliably prevent the ball P from entering the back side of the stage 45 with the hook-shaped portions 63 and 64.
前記ステージ45の前記上段球転動部47における中央転動部分49の上方に張り出すように位置する前記第2庇状部64では、図31、図32に示す如く、該第2庇状部64における前記上庇状部分64aが上方傾斜しているから、前記第2後壁部56の後方に配設した前記第4発光装置41で行なわれる演出の視認性が低下することはない。すなわち、第2後壁部56の裏面に対向するように位置する第4発光装置41の表示開口111a,111aに対し、該表示開口111a,111aより上庇状部分64aの後端が上方に位置し、かつ該上庇状部分64aは後端から前端に向かうにつれて表示開口111a,111aから上方に離間するように上方傾斜しているから、該上庇状部分64aが表示開口111a,111aの前側に重なることはなく、表示開口111a,111aの視認性が阻害されない。また実施例では、第2後壁部56の前側の空間を画成する左右の側壁部55,55および第2庇状部64が前側に向かうにつれて外方に広がるように形成されているから、前側からの第2後壁部56の視認性、すなわち該第2後壁部56の後方に位置する表示開口111a,111aの視認性が良好となる。   As shown in FIGS. 31 and 32, the second bowl-shaped part 64 is positioned so as to protrude above the central rolling part 49 in the upper stage ball rolling part 47 of the stage 45. Since the upper hook-shaped portion 64a in 64 is inclined upward, the visibility of effects performed by the fourth light emitting device 41 disposed behind the second rear wall portion 56 is not lowered. That is, with respect to the display openings 111a and 111a of the fourth light emitting device 41 positioned so as to face the back surface of the second rear wall portion 56, the rear end of the upper hook-shaped portion 64a is positioned above the display openings 111a and 111a. In addition, since the upper bowl-shaped portion 64a is inclined upwardly away from the display openings 111a and 111a from the rear end toward the front end, the upper bowl-shaped portion 64a is located on the front side of the display openings 111a and 111a. The visibility of the display openings 111a and 111a is not hindered. In the embodiment, the left and right side wall portions 55 and 55 and the second hook-shaped portion 64 that define the space on the front side of the second rear wall portion 56 are formed so as to spread outward as they go to the front side. The visibility of the second rear wall portion 56 from the front side, that is, the visibility of the display openings 111a and 111a located behind the second rear wall portion 56 is improved.
(減勢部67,69,75の作用)
前記パチンコ機10において、特定条件が成立する前記大当りの発生や、確率変動状態や時間短縮状態へ移行した際には、遊技者は前記操作ハンドル18の操作レバー18aを回転操作して打球発射装置によるパチンコ球Pの打球力を高め、前記第2経路20bに向けてパチンコ球Pを打ち出す「右打ち」を行なう。右打ちに際して第2経路20bに打ち出されたパチンコ球Pは、前記緩衝ゴム24に当った後に前記枠状装飾部材27における右傾斜庇部分66に沿って転動する(図11参照)。この右傾斜庇部分66における上部庇部分66aに第1の減勢部67を形成したことにより、該上部庇部分66aに沿って転動するパチンコ球Pが第1の減勢部67に接触して減勢される。また、第2経路20bにおける第1の減勢部67が位置する減勢経路部20cは、パチンコ球Pが一列で通過可能な通路幅に形成されているから、前記上部庇部分66aに沿って減勢経路部20cを転動するパチンコ球Pを確実に第1の減勢部67に接触させて勢いを弱めることができる。そして、第1の減勢部67に接触したパチンコ球Pが減勢される(速度が遅くなる)ことで、下流側に位置する前記球通過ゲート34に衝突した際の衝撃を弱めることができ、該球通過ゲート34が損傷するのを抑制し得る。
(Operation of the force reducing portion 67, 69, 75)
In the pachinko machine 10, when the big hit occurs when a specific condition is satisfied, or the state shifts to a probability variation state or a time shortening state, the player operates the operation lever 18 a of the operation handle 18 to rotate the hitting ball launching device. The hitting force of the pachinko ball P is increased, and “right-handed” is performed in which the pachinko ball P is launched toward the second path 20b. The pachinko ball P launched into the second path 20b during the right strike rolls along the right inclined flange portion 66 of the frame-shaped decorative member 27 after hitting the shock absorbing rubber 24 (see FIG. 11). By forming the first depressing portion 67 in the upper heel portion 66a of the right inclined heel portion 66, the pachinko ball P rolling along the upper heel portion 66a comes into contact with the first depressing portion 67. Will be reduced. Further, since the depressing path portion 20c where the first depressing portion 67 is located in the second path 20b is formed with a passage width through which the pachinko balls P can pass in a row, along the upper heel portion 66a. The pachinko sphere P rolling on the deenergizing path portion 20c can be reliably brought into contact with the first depressing portion 67 to weaken the momentum. Then, the pachinko ball P that has contacted the first depressing portion 67 is de-energized (the speed is reduced), so that the impact when colliding with the ball passage gate 34 located on the downstream side can be weakened. , The ball passing gate 34 can be prevented from being damaged.
前記第1の減勢部67は、上部庇部分66aから三角形状に突出するよう形成すると共に、該第1の減勢部67の上部庇部分66aからの突出寸法を球半個分より小さく設定したから、該減勢部67に接触したパチンコ球Pの勢いが弱まり過ぎてしまうことはない。すなわち、パチンコ球Pが一列で通過可能な通路幅に形成されている減勢経路部20cにおいて、複数のパチンコ球Pが第2経路20bに打ち出されても、該減勢経路部20cでパチンコ球Pの流れが滞ることはなく、該パチンコ球Pの勢いを第1の減勢部67で弱めつつスムーズに流下させ得る。   The first reducing portion 67 is formed so as to protrude in a triangular shape from the upper flange portion 66a, and the protruding dimension of the first reducing portion 67 from the upper flange portion 66a is set to be smaller than half a sphere. Therefore, the momentum of the pachinko sphere P that has come into contact with the force reducing portion 67 will not be too weak. That is, even if a plurality of pachinko balls P are launched into the second path 20b in the depressing path portion 20c formed to have a passage width that allows the pachinko balls P to pass in a single row, the pachinko balls in the depressing path portion 20c. The flow of P does not stagnate, and the momentum of the pachinko sphere P can be made to flow smoothly while being weakened by the first reducing portion 67.
また実施例では、前記減勢経路部20cを転動するパチンコ球Pは、前記側壁部75に接触することで流下方向が左方に変更されて前記案内壁69に接触した後、前記通路73を通過して前記球通過ゲート34に向けて流下する。すなわち、第1の減勢部67で勢いが弱められたパチンコ球Pは、減勢経路部20cの下流端部で側壁部75および案内壁69に夫々接触して更に減勢された後に、前記球通過ゲート34が位置する第2経路20bに流下するので、該球通過ゲート34にパチンコ球Pが衝突した際の衝撃を更に弱めることができ、該球通過ゲート34の損傷防止を効果的に図り得る。   Further, in the embodiment, the pachinko ball P rolling on the decelerating path portion 20c is brought into contact with the side wall portion 75 so that the flow direction is changed to the left to contact the guide wall 69, and then the passage 73 And flow down toward the sphere passage gate 34. That is, the pachinko ball P whose momentum has been weakened by the first depressing portion 67 is further depressurized by contacting the side wall portion 75 and the guide wall 69 at the downstream end portion of the depressing path portion 20c, respectively. Since it flows down to the 2nd path | route 20b in which the ball | bowl passage gate 34 is located, the impact at the time of the pachinko ball P colliding with this ball | bowl passage gate 34 can be further weakened, and damage prevention of this ball | bowl passage gate 34 is effective. It can be planned.
前記側壁部75は、後端が、前記遊技盤12に固定されている前記庇部品68の固定部72にネジ止め固定されている(図13参照)。また、側壁部75の前端から右方に延在する取付部76に固定用突部76aが設けられ、該固定用突部76aが庇部品68に設けた凹部68aに嵌挿した状態で該固定用突部76aがネジ止め固定されている。すなわち、第2の減勢部として機能する側壁部75は、前後で支持されているから剛性は高く、該側壁部75にパチンコ球Pが接触した際に側壁部75に加わる負担を軽減し、該側壁部75自体が損傷するのを防止し得る。また、側壁部75の後端を固定部72に対して位置決めピン75aで位置決めすると共に複数箇所でネジ止めし、前記取付部76に設けた固定用突部76aを凹部68aに挿通して庇部品68にネジ止めしているから、側壁部75は庇部品68に対して強固に固定されている。従って、側壁部75にパチンコ球Pが接触することが繰返されることで、該側壁部75がガタ付いたりするのを抑制できる。   The rear end of the side wall 75 is fixed to the fixing portion 72 of the saddle component 68 fixed to the game board 12 (see FIG. 13). Further, a fixing projection 76 a is provided on the mounting portion 76 that extends rightward from the front end of the side wall portion 75, and the fixing projection 76 a is fixed in a state where the fixing projection 76 a is fitted into a recess 68 a provided in the flange part 68. The projection 76a is fixed with screws. That is, the side wall part 75 that functions as the second depressing part is supported at the front and back, so that the rigidity is high, and when the pachinko ball P contacts the side wall part 75, the burden on the side wall part 75 is reduced. The side wall portion 75 itself can be prevented from being damaged. Further, the rear end of the side wall portion 75 is positioned with respect to the fixing portion 72 by the positioning pin 75a and screwed at a plurality of locations, and the fixing protrusion 76a provided on the mounting portion 76 is inserted into the recess 68a to make the saddle part The side wall 75 is firmly fixed to the flange part 68 because it is screwed to 68. Therefore, it can suppress that the side wall part 75 rattles by repeating that the pachinko ball P contacts the side wall part 75.
(球通過ゲート34の作用)
前記通路73を通過し、前記球通過ゲート34が配設されている第2経路20bを流下するパチンコ球Pが該球通過ゲート34の球通過口82を通過すると、該ゲート34の前記検出スイッチ35で検出される。検出スイッチ35の球検出に応じて前記制御装置では、前記始動入賞装置28における第2始動入賞口28bを開放するか否かの始動口開放抽選が行なわれ、該始動口開放抽選の結果が当選の場合に、第2始動入賞口28bを開放するよう始動入賞装置28が駆動制御される。このように、前記球通過ゲート34は、パチンコ球Pの通過が第2始動入賞口28bを開放するか否かの始動口開放抽選の契機となることから、該ゲート34における遊技者から見える前側に位置する前記意匠体84には遊技者の注意を惹き付けるための各種の装飾が施されている。
(Operation of the ball passage gate 34)
When the pachinko ball P passing through the passage 73 and flowing down the second path 20b in which the ball passage gate 34 is disposed passes through the ball passage opening 82 of the ball passage gate 34, the detection switch of the gate 34 is detected. 35. In response to the ball detection of the detection switch 35, the control device performs a start port opening lottery to determine whether or not to open the second start winning port 28b in the start winning device 28, and the result of the start port opening lottery is selected. In this case, the start winning device 28 is driven and controlled so as to open the second start winning port 28b. In this way, the ball passing gate 34 is triggered by the start opening lottery to determine whether or not the pachinko ball P passes the second start winning opening 28b. The design body 84 located at is provided with various decorations for attracting the player's attention.
ここで、前記球通過ゲート34が配設されている第2経路20bを流下するパチンコ球Pは、前記球通過口82を通過することなく該球通過口82を画成する支持部80(支持片80a,80a)に接触して流下する場合もある。特に、特定条件が成立して「右打ち」が行なわれている場合は、前記第2経路20bに多くのパチンコ球Pが打ち出されることから、前記複数の減勢部67,69,75によってパチンコ球Pの勢いが弱められているとしても、支持部80の表面に施されている塗装が経時的に剥がれる等の損傷を生ずることがある。この場合に、球通過ゲート34における前記装飾部材78の意匠体84は、前記支持部80の前側に位置すると共に該意匠体84の前面は、図20、図21に示すように、前記透視保護板15aの裏面に対してパチンコ球Pが通過不能な間隔で近接しているから、該意匠体84にパチンコ球Pが接触する可能性は低く、支持部80が損傷したとしても意匠体84が損傷することは殆どない。このように、遊技者の注意を惹き付けるための各種の装飾が施されている意匠体84に損傷がない場合であっても、支持部80(本体部77)が損傷した場合は、従来は意匠体84(装飾部材78)も含めて全体を交換する必要があった。   Here, the pachinko sphere P flowing down the second path 20b in which the sphere passage gate 34 is disposed does not pass through the sphere passage opening 82, and the support portion 80 (support In some cases, the pieces 80a and 80a) may come into contact with and flow down. In particular, when a specific condition is satisfied and “right-handed” is performed, a large number of pachinko balls P are launched into the second path 20b. Even if the momentum of the sphere P is weakened, the coating applied to the surface of the support portion 80 may be damaged such as peeling off over time. In this case, the design body 84 of the decorative member 78 in the ball passage gate 34 is positioned on the front side of the support portion 80, and the front surface of the design body 84 is protected from the fluoroscopic protection as shown in FIGS. Since the pachinko sphere P is close to the back surface of the plate 15a at an interval at which the pachinko sphere P cannot pass, the possibility that the pachinko sphere P contacts the design body 84 is low. There is little damage. Thus, even if the design body 84 on which various decorations for attracting the player's attention are not damaged, if the support portion 80 (main body portion 77) is damaged, It was necessary to replace the entire design body 84 (decorative member 78).
しかし実施例の球通過ゲート34は、図16、図17に示す如く、前記遊技盤12に固定される前記本体部77に対し、前記意匠体84を備える装飾部材78を着脱自在に取付けるよう構成してある。しかも、装飾部材78を本体部77に取付けるための取付部85は本体部77(支持部80)で覆われているから、前記意匠体84のみならず取付部85にパチンコ球Pが接触して損傷することはない。すなわち、本体部77の前記支持部80が損傷した場合は、該本体部77のみを交換して装飾部材78はリサイクルすることができ、交換時のコストを低廉に抑えることができる。また、本体部77に対して装飾部材78は、該装飾部材78の取付部85と本体部77の係合部79eとの係合構造によって着脱し得る構成であるから、装飾部材78の交換時の作業性は容易である。更に、取付部85の爪部85bと係合部79eとの係合部位についても、本体部77で覆われる位置にあり(図18、図19参照)、該係合部位にパチンコ球Pが接触して損傷することはなく、また該係合部位が遊技領域20に露出して装飾性が低下することもない。すなわち、本体部77と装飾部材78とを着脱する構成としても、当該球通過ゲート34の見栄えが低下することはない。   However, as shown in FIGS. 16 and 17, the ball passage gate 34 of the embodiment is configured such that a decoration member 78 including the design body 84 is detachably attached to the main body 77 fixed to the game board 12. It is. Moreover, since the attachment portion 85 for attaching the decorative member 78 to the main body portion 77 is covered with the main body portion 77 (support portion 80), the pachinko sphere P contacts not only the design body 84 but also the attachment portion 85. There is no damage. That is, when the support portion 80 of the main body 77 is damaged, only the main body 77 can be replaced and the decorative member 78 can be recycled, and the cost at the time of replacement can be kept low. Further, the decorative member 78 can be attached to and detached from the main body 77 by the engagement structure between the attachment portion 85 of the decorative member 78 and the engaging portion 79e of the main body 77. The workability is easy. Further, the engaging portion between the claw portion 85b of the mounting portion 85 and the engaging portion 79e is also in a position covered with the main body portion 77 (see FIGS. 18 and 19), and the pachinko ball P contacts the engaging portion. Thus, the engaging portion is not exposed to the game area 20 and the decorative property is not deteriorated. That is, even if the main body 77 and the decorative member 78 are attached and detached, the appearance of the ball passage gate 34 does not deteriorate.
ここで、近年の環境問題の改善に対する強い要請から、異なる機種での部品の共通化が求められている。その反面、前記球通過ゲート34は、パチンコ機10において遊技者の注意を強く惹き付ける部品であることから、前記意匠体84には機種毎に専用の装飾が施される場合が多い。そして、このように意匠体84に専用の装飾が施されている場合であっても、実施例のように装飾部材78を本体部77に着脱自在に取付ける構成を採用している球通過ゲート34によれば、本体部77に関しては各機種共通の部品として使用することができ、リサイクル性が高い。   Here, due to recent strong demands for improvement of environmental problems, it is required to share parts in different models. On the other hand, since the ball passing gate 34 is a part that strongly attracts the player's attention in the pachinko machine 10, the design body 84 is often provided with a special decoration for each model. And even if it is a case where exclusive decoration is given to the design body 84 in this way, the ball passage gate 34 which employ | adopts the structure which attaches the decoration member 78 to the main-body part 77 detachably like an Example. Therefore, the main body 77 can be used as a part common to all models, and is highly recyclable.
また、前記球通過ゲート34では、図18に示す如く、前記検出スイッチ35が本体部77に取付けられた状態において、前記スイッチ本体35aの左右両側面が、支持部80の前記第1溝81a,81aに挿入されている装飾部材78の取付片85a,85aの内側面に当接している。すなわち、一対の取付片85a,85aの間にスイッチ本体35aが存在している状態では、前記本体部77に設けた係合部79eから取付片85aにおける爪部85bの係合を解除する取付片85aの内側への弾性変形が規制されている。従って、遊技中において球通過ゲート34(遊技領域20に位置する支持部80)にパチンコ球Pが接触した際の衝撃が取付片85a,85aに加わったとしても、前記係合部79eと爪部85bとの係合が外れることはなく、本体部77から装飾部材78が脱落するのは確実に防止される。   In the ball passage gate 34, when the detection switch 35 is attached to the main body 77 as shown in FIG. 18, the left and right side surfaces of the switch main body 35a are connected to the first grooves 81a, It abuts against the inner side surfaces of the attachment pieces 85a, 85a of the decorative member 78 inserted in 81a. That is, in the state where the switch main body 35a exists between the pair of mounting pieces 85a, 85a, the mounting piece for releasing the engagement of the claw portion 85b in the mounting piece 85a from the engaging portion 79e provided in the main body portion 77. Elastic deformation to the inside of 85a is regulated. Therefore, even when an impact is applied to the attachment pieces 85a and 85a when the pachinko ball P comes into contact with the ball passage gate 34 (the support portion 80 located in the game area 20) during the game, the engagement portion 79e and the claw portion The engagement with 85b is not disengaged, and the decorative member 78 is reliably prevented from falling off from the main body 77.
前記球通過ゲート34では、前記本体部77の一方の支持片80aに向き規制面80bを設けると共に、前記装飾部材78の一方の取付片85aに第1取付け規制部85cを設け(図16、図17参照)、向き規制面80bと第1取付け規制部85cとが整合する状態でのみ、本体部77に対して装飾部材78が適正な向きで取付けられるよう構成してある。すなわち、前記意匠体84に施されている装飾が上下逆向きとなった状態で、装飾部材78が本体部77に取付けられてしまうのを防止し得る。また、装飾部材78の他方の取付片85aに第2取付け規制部85dを設けると共に、前記検出スイッチ35のスイッチ本体35aにおける一方の角部に逆付け規制面35cを設け(図17、図18参照)、第2取付け規制部85dと逆付け規制面35cとが整合する状態でのみ、本体部77に対して検出スイッチ35が適正な向きで取付けられるよう構成してある。すなわち、前記検出スイッチ35が上下逆向きとなった状態で本体部77に取付けられてしまうのを防止し得る。   In the ball passage gate 34, an orientation restricting surface 80 b is provided on one support piece 80 a of the main body 77, and a first attachment restricting portion 85 c is provided on one attachment piece 85 a of the decorative member 78 (FIGS. 16 and 16). 17), the decorative member 78 is attached to the main body 77 in an appropriate orientation only in a state where the orientation regulating surface 80b and the first attachment regulating portion 85c are aligned. That is, it is possible to prevent the decoration member 78 from being attached to the main body 77 in a state where the decoration applied to the design body 84 is turned upside down. In addition, a second attachment restricting portion 85d is provided on the other attachment piece 85a of the decorative member 78, and a reverse attachment restricting surface 35c is provided at one corner of the switch body 35a of the detection switch 35 (see FIGS. 17 and 18). ), The detection switch 35 can be attached to the main body 77 in an appropriate direction only when the second attachment restricting portion 85d and the reverse attachment restricting surface 35c are aligned. That is, it is possible to prevent the detection switch 35 from being attached to the main body 77 in a state where the detection switch 35 is turned upside down.
前記球通過ゲート34では、図示しないが、前記検出スイッチ35の後端に接続する配線を側方から前記設置部材36の裏側に引き回し、該設置部材36の裏側に配設した中継基板等に接続している。このため、前記配線の引き回し時には検出スイッチ35に側方への力が加わる。実施例では、前記本体部77に対して検出スイッチ35を保持するスイッチ係止片83は、図20に示す如く、検出スイッチ35のスイッチ本体35aを下側から支持した状態で、爪部83aをスイッチ本体35aの後端に係合している。従って、配線の引き回し時にスイッチ本体35aに側方への力が加わったとしても、爪部83aとスイッチ本体35aとの係合が外れることはなく、配線の引き回し作業を、爪部83aとスイッチ本体35aとの係合が外れないように注意して行なう必要はなく、作業が容易となる。   In the ball passage gate 34, although not shown in the drawing, wiring connected to the rear end of the detection switch 35 is routed from the side to the back side of the installation member 36 and connected to a relay board or the like disposed on the back side of the installation member 36. doing. For this reason, a lateral force is applied to the detection switch 35 when the wiring is routed. In the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 20, the switch locking piece 83 that holds the detection switch 35 with respect to the main body 77 has the claw portion 83a in a state where the switch main body 35a of the detection switch 35 is supported from the lower side. The switch body 35a is engaged with the rear end. Therefore, even if a lateral force is applied to the switch body 35a when the wiring is routed, the engagement between the claw portion 83a and the switch body 35a is not disengaged, and the wiring operation is performed by the claw portion 83a and the switch body. It is not necessary to take care not to disengage from 35a, and the work becomes easy.
(変更例)
本願は前述した実施例の構成に限定されるものではなく、その他の構成を適宜に採用することができる。
(1) 実施例では、枠状装飾部材の上部庇部分に2つの第1の減勢部を設けたが、該第1の減勢部の数は1つあるいは3つ以上であってもよい。なお、第1の減勢部を複数設ける場合は、隣り合う各第1の減勢部間の離間間隔について、上流側の第1の減勢部に接触することで上部庇部分から離間する方向に移動したパチンコ球が盤面飾り部材に接触して再び上部庇部分側に戻ってくる間隔より広く設定するのが好ましく、この場合は各第1の減勢部の夫々に確実にパチンコ球を接触させて減勢することができる。
(2) 実施例では、第1の減勢部の形状として三角形状を挙げたが、断面が半円形状や角形状等の各種の形状を採用し得る。
(3) 実施例では、第1の減勢部の配設位置より下流側に第2および第3の減勢部を設けたが、該第3の減勢部のみを省略した構成、あるいは第2および第3の減勢部を省略した構成を採用することは可能である。
(4) 実施例では、第2の減勢部を枠状装飾部材に設けたが、減勢経路部を構成する部材(盤面飾り部材)に設ける構成を採用し得る。
(5) 実施例では、減勢経路部より下流側の第2経路に位置する遊技盤に、遊技部品としての球通過ゲートを配設し、該球通過ゲートにパチンコ球が衝突する際の衝撃を弱めるために減勢経路部に複数の減勢部を設けたが、遊技部品としては球通過ゲートに限られるものではなく、始動入賞装置や特別入賞装置、あるいは普通入賞装置等、その他の部品を対象とする。
(6) 実施例では、アクリル等の透明な材料で形成した透明板から遊技盤を構成したが、木製の板部材の表面にセル盤等を貼着したものであってもよい。
(7) 遊技機としては、パチンコ機に限られるものではなく、アレンジボール機やパチンコ球を用いたスロットマシン等、その他各種の遊技機であってもよい。
(Change example)
The present application is not limited to the configuration of the above-described embodiment, and other configurations can be appropriately employed.
(1) In the embodiment, the two first depressing portions are provided in the upper collar portion of the frame-shaped decorative member. However, the number of the first depressing portions may be one or three or more. . In the case where a plurality of first depressing portions are provided, the spacing between the adjacent first depressing portions is a direction in which the first depressing portion is separated from the upper flange portion by contacting the upstream first depressing portion. It is preferable that the interval between the pachinko balls that have moved to the upper surface of the upper heel part again after coming into contact with the board decoration member is set larger. In this case, the pachinko balls are surely brought into contact with each of the first reducing portions. Can be reduced.
(2) In the embodiment, the triangular shape is cited as the shape of the first depressing portion, but various shapes such as a semicircular shape and a square shape can be adopted as the cross section.
(3) In the embodiment, the second and third depressing portions are provided on the downstream side from the position where the first depressing portion is disposed, but the configuration in which only the third depressing portion is omitted, It is possible to employ a configuration in which the second and third reducing portions are omitted.
(4) In the embodiment, the second depressing portion is provided in the frame-shaped decorative member. However, a configuration in which the second depressing portion is provided in a member (board surface decoration member) constituting the depressing path portion may be employed.
(5) In the embodiment, a ball passing gate as a gaming part is arranged on the game board located in the second path downstream from the derating path portion, and the impact when the pachinko ball collides with the ball passing gate. However, the game parts are not limited to ball passing gates, but other parts such as start-up winning devices, special winning devices, or normal winning devices. Is targeted.
(6) In the embodiment, the game board is made of a transparent plate made of a transparent material such as acrylic. However, a cell board or the like may be attached to the surface of a wooden board member.
(7) The gaming machine is not limited to a pachinko machine, and may be various other gaming machines such as an arrangement ball machine or a slot machine using a pachinko ball.
また、本願には、以下のような技術的思想が含まれている。
(A) 遊技盤(12)に配設され、開口部(27a)の内側に図柄表示装置(14)の表示部を臨ませた枠状装飾部材(27)と、該装飾部材(27)の左側の遊技盤(12)前側に設けられて遊技球(P)が流下する第1球流下経路(20a)と、該装飾部材(27)の右側の遊技盤(12)前側に設けられて遊技球(P)が流下する第2球流下経路(20c)とを有し、特定条件の成立により遊技球(P)を前記第2球流下経路(20c)へ打ち出して遊技が行なわれるよう構成された遊技機において、
前記枠状装飾部材(27)は、
前記遊技盤(12)の前面より前方へ突出し、前記第1球流下経路(20a)および第2球流下経路(20c)を流下する遊技球(P)を案内する庇部(44)と、
前記庇部(44)における第2球流下経路(20c)側の面に設けられ、第2球流下経路(20c)に突出する減勢部(67)を備え、
前記第2球流下経路(20c)は、遊技球(P)1個分の幅寸法より大きく、かつ遊技球(P)2個分の幅寸法より小さな幅寸法に設定されて、前記第2球流下経路(20c)を流下する遊技球(P)が前記減勢部(67)に接触するよう構成されたことを要旨とする。
この構成によれば、右打ち時において第2球流下経路を流下する遊技球は、庇部に設けた減勢部に接触して勢いが弱められる。従って、第2球流下経路の下流側に配設される遊技部品に遊技球が衝突した際の衝撃を弱めることができ、該遊技部品の損傷を抑制し得る。
(B) 前記(A)記載の構成を含む遊技機に関し、前記第2球流下経路(20c)における前記減勢部(67)より下流側には、前記庇部(44)から第2球流下経路(20c)の幅方向に離間する位置に、該第2球流下経路(20c)を流下する遊技球(P)が接触する第2の減勢部(75)を備えることを要旨とする。
この構成によれば、減勢部で勢いが弱められた遊技球を、第2の減勢部に接触させて勢いを更に弱めることができ、遊技球の衝突による遊技部品の損傷をより抑制し得る。
(C) 前記(B)記載の構成を含む遊技機に関し、前記庇部(44)に、前記減勢部(67)が設けられる面から前記開口部(27a)側に変位し、前記第2の減勢部(75)との間に遊技球(P)の通過を許容する球1個分の幅寸法で上下に開口する通路(73)を画成する第3の減勢部(69)が設けられ、第2の減勢部(75)に接触することで流下方向が変更された遊技球(P)が第3の減勢部(69)に接触するよう構成されたことを要旨とする。
この構成によれば、遊技球を第3の減勢部に接触させることで、該遊技球の勢いを更に弱めることができる。
(D) 前記(B)記載の構成を含む遊技機に関し、前記第2の減勢部(75)は、前記枠状装飾部材(27)に前後で支持されていることを要旨とする。
この構成によれば、第2の減勢部の剛性を高め、該第2の減勢部に遊技球が接触した際に第2の減勢部に加わる負担を軽減し得る。
(E) 前記(A)記載の構成を含む遊技機に関し、前記減勢部(67)は、前記第2球流下経路(20c)に向けて三角形状に突出するリブ(67)であり、該リブ(67)における第2球流下経路(20c)側の突出端までの突出寸法は、遊技球(P)の半分の幅寸法より小さく設定されることを要旨とする。
この構成によれば、減勢部を三角形状にすると共に突出寸法を球半個分より小さく設定したから、該減勢部に接触した遊技球の勢いが弱まり過ぎて第2球流下経路で遊技球の流れが滞るのを防ぐことができる。
Further, the present application includes the following technical ideas.
(A) A frame-shaped decorative member (27) disposed on the game board (12) and facing the display portion of the symbol display device (14) inside the opening (27a), and the decorative member (27) A first ball flow path (20a) provided on the front side of the left game board (12) and the game ball (P) flows down, and a game provided on the right side of the game board (12) on the right side of the decorative member (27). And a second ball flow path (20c) through which the ball (P) flows down, and the game ball (P) is launched into the second ball flow path (20c) when a specific condition is established, and a game is performed. In the gaming machine
The frame-shaped decorative member (27)
A hook part (44) for guiding a game ball (P) protruding forward from the front surface of the game board (12) and flowing down the first ball flow path (20a) and the second ball flow path (20c),
A lowering portion (67) provided on a surface of the flange portion (44) on the second sphere flow path (20c) side and projecting into the second sphere flow path (20c);
The second ball flow path (20c) is set to have a width dimension larger than the width dimension of one game ball (P) and smaller than the width dimension of two game balls (P). The gist is that the game ball (P) flowing down the flow path (20c) is configured to come into contact with the force reducing portion (67).
According to this configuration, the game ball flowing down the second ball flow path at the time of right strike comes into contact with the depressing portion provided in the buttocks, and the momentum is weakened. Therefore, it is possible to weaken the impact when the game ball collides with the game component disposed on the downstream side of the second ball flow path, and to suppress damage to the game component.
(B) Regarding the gaming machine including the configuration described in (A), the second ball flow down from the flange portion (44) is provided downstream of the depressing portion (67) in the second ball flow down route (20c). The gist of the invention is that a second depressing portion (75) is provided at a position spaced apart in the width direction of the path (20c), and the game ball (P) flowing down the second ball flow path (20c) contacts.
According to this configuration, the game ball whose momentum has been weakened by the force-reducing portion can be brought into contact with the second force-reducing portion to further weaken the momentum, and damage to game components due to the collision of game balls can be further suppressed. obtain.
(C) With respect to the gaming machine including the configuration described in (B), the heel portion (44) is displaced from the surface on which the depressing portion (67) is provided to the opening (27a) side, and the second A third depressing portion (69) that defines a passage (73) that opens up and down with a width of one ball that allows the game ball (P) to pass between the depressing portion (75) And the game ball (P) whose flow direction is changed by contacting the second depressing part (75) is configured to contact the third depressing part (69). To do.
According to this configuration, the momentum of the game ball can be further weakened by bringing the game ball into contact with the third depressing portion.
(D) The gaming machine including the configuration described in (B) is summarized in that the second depressing portion (75) is supported by the frame-shaped decorative member (27) in the front-rear direction.
According to this configuration, it is possible to increase the rigidity of the second depressing portion and reduce the load applied to the second depressing portion when the game ball comes into contact with the second depressing portion.
(E) With respect to the gaming machine including the configuration described in (A), the depressing portion (67) is a rib (67) protruding in a triangular shape toward the second ball flow path (20c), The gist is that the projecting dimension of the rib (67) to the projecting end on the second ball flow down path (20c) side is set to be smaller than the half width dimension of the game ball (P).
According to this configuration, since the depressing portion is triangular and the projecting dimension is set to be smaller than half of the sphere, the momentum of the game ball in contact with the depressing portion is too weak and the game is played in the second ball flow path. It is possible to prevent the flow of the sphere from stagnation.
12 遊技盤
14 図柄表示装置
20a 第1経路(第1球流下経路)
20c 減勢経路部(第2球流下経路)
27a 窓口(開口部)
28 始動入賞装置(遊技部品)
31 右普通入賞装置(遊技部品)
34 球通過ゲート(遊技部品)
44 庇部
66b 中部庇部分(凹状部分)
67 第1の減勢部(減勢部)
73 通路
75 側壁部(第2の減勢部)
76 取付部(覆い部)
P パチンコ球(遊技球)
12 Game board 14 Symbol display apparatus 20a 1st path | route (1st ball down path)
20c De-energization path part (second ball flow path)
27a Window (opening)
28 Start winning device (game parts)
31 right normal winning equipment (game parts)
34 ball passing gate (game parts)
44 Buttocks
66b Middle heel part (concave part)
67 1st depopulation section (demotion section)
73 Passage
75 Side wall (second depressing part)
76 Mounting part (cover)
P Pachinko ball (game ball)

Claims (2)

  1. 遊技盤に配設され、開口部の内側に図柄表示装置の表示部を臨ませた枠状装飾部材と、該枠状装飾部材の左側の遊技盤前側に設けられて遊技球が流下する第1球流下経路と、該枠状装飾部材の右側の遊技盤前側に設けられて遊技球が流下する第2球流下経路とを有するよう構成された遊技機において、
    前記第2球流下経路は、遊技球1個分の幅寸法より大きく、かつ遊技球2個分の幅寸法より小さな幅寸法に設定され、
    前記枠状装飾部材において前記遊技盤の前面より前方へ突出するよう設けられた庇部が前記第1球流下経路および第2球流下経路を流下する遊技球を案内するよう構成され、第2球流下経路に突出するよう設けられた減勢部の突出端までの突出寸法が遊技球の半分の幅寸法より小さく設定されて、当該第2球流下経路を流下する遊技球が当該減勢部に接触可能に構成され、
    前記遊技盤には、前記第1球流下経路を流下する遊技球に比べて前記第2球流下経路を流下する遊技球の方が入口を通る割合が高くなる遊技部品が配設され
    前記第2球流下経路を通過した遊技球が流下する流路は、前記庇部において前記開口部側に凹むよう設けられた凹状部分によって前記第2球流下経路よりも大きな幅寸法に形成され、
    前記第2球流下経路の下流端部に第2の減勢部が設けられ、該第2の減勢部と接触した遊技球が前記流路において前記凹状部分により形成される側へ導かれ得るよう構成された
    ことを特徴とする遊技機。
    A frame-shaped decorative member that is disposed on the game board and has the display portion of the symbol display device facing the inside of the opening, and a first ball that is provided on the front side of the game board on the left side of the frame-shaped decorative member and flows down In a gaming machine configured to have a ball flow path and a second ball flow path that is provided on the right side of the game board on the right side of the frame-shaped decorative member and from which a game ball flows down,
    The second ball flow path is set to a width dimension larger than the width dimension of one game ball and smaller than the width dimension of two game balls,
    In the frame-shaped decorative member, a collar portion provided so as to protrude forward from the front surface of the game board is configured to guide the game ball flowing down the first ball flow path and the second ball flow path, and the second ball The projecting dimension to the projecting end of the depressing portion provided so as to project in the downflow path is set to be smaller than the half width dimension of the game ball, and the game ball flowing down the second ball downflow path is in the depressing section. Configured to be contactable,
    The gaming board is provided with gaming parts in which the proportion of the game balls flowing down the second ball flow path through the entrance is higher than the game balls flowing down the first ball flow path ,
    The flow path through which the game balls that have passed through the second ball flow path flow down is formed in a larger width dimension than the second ball flow path by a concave portion provided so as to be recessed toward the opening in the collar portion,
    A second depressing portion is provided at the downstream end of the second ball flow path, and the game ball in contact with the second depressing portion can be guided to the side formed by the concave portion in the flow path. A gaming machine configured as described above .
  2. 前記第2球流下経路には、前記第2の減勢部に接触して前記流路に導かれる遊技球が通過する通路の前側を被覆する覆い部が設けられた請求項1記載の遊技機。2. The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the second ball flow down path is provided with a cover portion that covers a front side of a passage through which a game ball guided to the flow path is brought into contact with the second depressing portion. .
JP2014080243A 2014-04-09 2014-04-09 Game machine Active JP5814416B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014080243A JP5814416B2 (en) 2014-04-09 2014-04-09 Game machine

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014080243A JP5814416B2 (en) 2014-04-09 2014-04-09 Game machine

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2011073718A Division JP5524118B2 (en) 2011-03-29 2011-03-29 Game machine

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2015184408A Division JP6167148B2 (en) 2015-09-17 2015-09-17 Game machine

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2014184161A JP2014184161A (en) 2014-10-02
JP5814416B2 true JP5814416B2 (en) 2015-11-17

Family

ID=51832298

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2014080243A Active JP5814416B2 (en) 2014-04-09 2014-04-09 Game machine

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5814416B2 (en)

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001145755A (en) * 1999-11-24 2001-05-29 Aruze Corp Ball payout device of pachinko game machine
JP2001293194A (en) * 2000-04-11 2001-10-23 Mashiro:Kk Pachinko game machine
JP4407168B2 (en) * 2003-06-13 2010-02-03 株式会社三洋物産 Game machine
JP5161548B2 (en) * 2007-11-30 2013-03-13 株式会社大一商会 Game machine
JP5147918B2 (en) * 2010-10-22 2013-02-20 株式会社藤商事 Bullet ball machine

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2014184161A (en) 2014-10-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5604350B2 (en) Game machine
JP4803585B2 (en) Electrical equipment for bullet ball machines
JP2009240494A (en) Pinball game machine
JP5422592B2 (en) Game machine
JP5530387B2 (en) Game machine
JP5524118B2 (en) Game machine
JP6167148B2 (en) Game machine
JP5518779B2 (en) Game machine
JP5530388B2 (en) Game machine
JP5814416B2 (en) Game machine
JP6165902B2 (en) Game machine
JP5885769B2 (en) Game machine
JP5604349B2 (en) Game machine
JP2008237586A (en) Game machine
JP4817247B2 (en) Unit accessory and gaming machine equipped with the unit accessory
JP2007097898A (en) Pinball game machine
JP5427149B2 (en) Game machine
JP2006296836A (en) Game machine
JP6467371B2 (en) Game machine
JP2014239771A (en) Game machine
JP6546390B2 (en) Gaming machine
JP6193294B2 (en) Game machine
JP4807755B2 (en) Game machine
JP2017169633A (en) Game machine
JP6225050B2 (en) Game machine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
RD04 Notification of resignation of power of attorney

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A7424

Effective date: 20141205

A977 Report on retrieval

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A971007

Effective date: 20150427

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20150512

A521 Written amendment

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20150708

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20150818

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20150917

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 5814416

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250